1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occurs. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection, 298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation 328 * 329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple 330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need 331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute. 332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link 333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to 334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions. 335 */ 336 337 /** 338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload 339 * 340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate 341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is 342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and 343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK. 344 */ 345 346 /** 347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 350 * 351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 352 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 362 * compatibility only. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 368 * 369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 387 * 388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key, 391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by 395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents 399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO 400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address 403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by 404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID. 405 * 406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 423 * attributes determining channel width. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 427 * 428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in 437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove 442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links. 443 * 444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 456 * 457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 460 * global regdomain will be returned. 461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 483 * 484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 495 * added to all specified management frames generated by 496 * kernel/firmware/driver. 497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 509 * be used. 510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 513 * partial scan results may be available 514 * 515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive, 521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 542 * results available. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 550 * 551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation 552 * or noise level 553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 555 * 556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 563 * ESS. 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads 568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID. 569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 570 * 571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 596 * the beacon hint was processed. 597 * 598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 601 * authentication process. 602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the 608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 611 * to the frame. 612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 622 * pending authentication timed out). 623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 630 * included). 631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 634 * primitives). 635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 638 * 639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 646 * 647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 656 * determined by the network interface. 657 * 658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 660 * to the driver. 661 * 662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 692 * a different BSS is desired. 693 * Background scan period can optionally be 694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 695 * if not specified default background scan configuration 696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 705 * well to remain backwards compatible. 706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 717 * 718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 720 * 721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 727 * frequency for the operation. 728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 732 * radio). An optional attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC can be used to filter 733 * incoming frames during remain-on-channel, such that frames 734 * addressed to the specified destination MAC are reported. 735 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 736 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 737 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 739 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 740 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 741 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 742 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 743 * uniquely identify the request. 744 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 745 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 746 * 747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 748 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 749 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 752 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 753 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 754 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 755 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 756 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 757 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 758 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 759 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 760 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 761 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 762 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 763 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 764 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 765 * backward compatibility 766 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 767 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 768 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 769 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 770 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 771 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 772 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 773 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 774 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 775 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 776 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 777 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 778 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 779 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 780 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 782 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 783 * is used during CSA period. 784 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be 785 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses 786 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by 787 * lower layers. 788 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 789 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may 790 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp. 791 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 792 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 793 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 794 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 795 * wait time. 796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 797 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 798 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 799 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 800 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 801 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the 802 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to 803 * indicate the ack RX timestamp. 804 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 805 * backward compatibility. 806 * 807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 808 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 809 * 810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 811 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 812 * levels. 813 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 814 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 815 * reached. 816 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 817 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 818 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 819 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 820 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 821 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 822 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 823 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 824 * precedence when they are used. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 827 * (no longer supported). 828 * 829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 830 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 831 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 832 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 833 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 834 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 835 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 836 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 837 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 838 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 839 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 840 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 841 * command, the feature is disabled. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 844 * mesh config parameters may be given. 845 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 846 * network is determined by the network interface. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 849 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 850 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 853 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 856 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 857 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 858 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 861 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 862 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 863 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 864 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 865 * depending on the authentication result. 866 * 867 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 868 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 869 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 870 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 871 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 872 * more background information, see 873 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 874 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 875 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 876 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 877 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 878 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 879 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 880 * 881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 882 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 883 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 884 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 885 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 886 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 887 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 888 * 889 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 890 * of PMKSA caching candidates. 891 * 892 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 893 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 894 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 895 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 896 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 897 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 898 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 899 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 901 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 902 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 903 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 904 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 905 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 906 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 907 * 908 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 909 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 910 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 911 * frames. For NAN_DATA interfaces, this is used to report frames from 912 * unknown peers (A2 not assigned to any active NDP). 913 * Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame is received. 914 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 915 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 916 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 917 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 918 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 919 * 920 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 921 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 922 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 923 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 924 * 925 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER: Probe a connected peer by sending a null data 926 * frame and reporting when the frame is acknowledged. 927 * In AP/GO mode, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is required to identify the client. 928 * In STA/P2P-client mode, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC must be omitted (the AP is 929 * implied); the driver must advertise %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP. 930 * The command returns a direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that 931 * is later used to match up the event with the request. The event 932 * includes the same data and has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame 933 * was ACKed. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 936 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 937 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 938 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap (%NL80211_ATTR_TID_BITMAP) 941 * indicating for which TIDs No Acknowledgment Policy should be applied. 942 * 943 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 944 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 945 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 946 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 947 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 948 * from the remote AP) is completed; 949 * 950 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 951 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 952 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 953 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 954 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 955 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 956 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 957 * interfaces to change channel as well. 958 * 959 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 961 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 962 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 963 * public action frame TX. 964 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 965 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 966 * 967 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 968 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 969 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 970 * is used for this. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 973 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 976 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 977 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 979 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 980 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 981 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 982 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 983 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 986 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 987 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 988 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 989 * while operating on this channel. 990 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 991 * event. 992 * 993 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 994 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 995 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 996 * 997 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 998 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 1001 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 1002 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 1003 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 1004 * 1005 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 1006 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 1007 * complete. 1008 * 1009 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 1010 * return back to normal. 1011 * 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 1013 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 1014 * 1015 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 1016 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 1017 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 1019 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 1020 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 1021 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 1022 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 1023 * switch is complete. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 1026 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 1027 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 1028 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 1029 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 1030 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 1031 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 1032 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 1033 * 1034 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 1035 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 1036 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 1037 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 1038 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 1039 * 1040 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1041 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1042 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1043 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1044 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1045 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1046 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1047 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1048 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1049 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1050 * fail even if the check was successful. 1051 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1052 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1053 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1054 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1055 * 1056 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1057 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1058 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1059 * 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1061 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1062 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1063 * network is determined by the network interface. 1064 * 1065 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1066 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1067 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1068 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1069 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1070 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1071 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1072 * AP. 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1074 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1075 * when this command completes. 1076 * 1077 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1078 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1079 * management. 1080 * 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1082 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1083 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1084 * 1085 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1087 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1088 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1089 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1090 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1091 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1092 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1093 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be 1094 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. 1095 * After this command NAN functions can be added. 1096 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1097 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1098 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1099 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1100 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1101 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1102 * of the function upon success. 1103 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1104 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1105 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1106 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1107 * which just terminated. 1108 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1109 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1110 * the response to this command. 1111 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1112 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1113 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1114 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1115 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1117 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1118 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1119 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1121 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1122 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1123 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1124 * Additional parameters may be provided with 1125 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously 1126 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if 1127 * only a subset was changed. 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1129 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1130 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1131 * 1132 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1133 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1134 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1135 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1136 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1137 * 1138 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1139 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1140 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1141 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1142 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1143 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1144 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1145 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and 1146 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent 1147 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P- 1148 * client MAC address. 1149 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for 1150 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following 1151 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way 1152 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of 1153 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client). 1154 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1155 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1156 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1157 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1158 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1159 * 802.11 headers. 1160 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and 1161 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known 1162 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit 1163 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both 1164 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link 1165 * address of that link. 1166 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1167 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1168 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1169 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1170 * 1171 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1172 * 1173 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1174 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1175 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1176 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1177 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1178 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1179 * 1180 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1181 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1182 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1183 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1184 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1185 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1186 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1187 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1188 * command interface. 1189 * 1190 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in 1191 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO 1192 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD 1193 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability 1194 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling 1195 * MLO during the authentication offload or not. 1196 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it 1197 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User 1198 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request 1199 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable. 1200 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and 1201 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD 1202 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and 1203 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the 1204 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the 1205 * authentication. 1206 * 1207 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1208 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1209 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1210 * 1211 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notifies that a station's 1212 * HT opmode or VHT opmode changed using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1213 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, %NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1214 * address (specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1215 * Note that 80+80 and 160 MHz might not be differentiated, i.e. may 1216 * report %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160 instead of %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80. 1217 * 1218 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1219 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1220 * 1221 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1222 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1224 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1225 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1226 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1227 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1228 * the netlink extended ack message. 1229 * 1230 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1231 * 1232 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1233 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1234 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1235 * buffer size. 1236 * 1237 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1238 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1239 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1240 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1241 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1242 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1243 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1244 * 1245 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1246 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1247 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1248 * determining the width and type. 1249 * 1250 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1251 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1252 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1253 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1254 * 1255 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1256 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1257 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1258 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1259 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1260 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1261 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1262 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1263 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1264 * rate selection. 1265 * 1266 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1267 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1268 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1269 * 1270 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1271 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1272 * 1273 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1274 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1275 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1276 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1277 * 1278 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1279 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1280 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1281 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1282 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1283 * 1284 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1285 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1286 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1287 * 1288 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1289 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1290 * 1291 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1292 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1293 * 1294 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1295 * started 1296 * 1297 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1298 * been aborted 1299 * 1300 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1301 * has completed 1302 * 1303 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1304 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1305 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1306 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1307 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1308 * 1309 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1310 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1311 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1312 * specify the timeout value. 1313 * 1314 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The 1315 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link. 1316 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come 1317 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links 1318 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP. 1319 * 1320 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station 1321 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station 1322 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station 1323 * 1324 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing 1325 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1326 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the 1327 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for 1328 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC 1329 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable 1330 * HW timestamping. 1331 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently 1332 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS. 1333 * 1334 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD 1335 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with 1336 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide 1337 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links. 1338 * 1339 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a 1340 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and 1341 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the 1342 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic. 1343 * 1344 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to 1345 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link 1346 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also 1347 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information. 1348 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing 1349 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to 1350 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in 1351 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via 1352 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify 1353 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload. 1354 * 1355 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to 1356 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state 1357 * of EPCS. 1358 * 1359 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify 1360 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use 1361 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW. 1362 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next 1363 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and 1364 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing. 1365 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket 1366 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag). 1367 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify 1368 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is 1369 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1370 * 1371 * @NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT: Once any incumbent signal is detected 1372 * on the operating channel in 6 GHz band, userspace is notified with the 1373 * signal interference bitmap using 1374 * %NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP. The current channel 1375 * definition is also sent. 1376 * 1377 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED: Set the local NAN schedule. NAN must be 1378 * operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). Must contain 1379 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, but 1380 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL is optional (for example in case of a channel 1381 * removal, that channel won't be provided). 1382 * If %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED is set, the command is a request 1383 * from the device to perform an announced schedule update. See 1384 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details. 1385 * If not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 1386 * Setting a new schedule is always allowed and is never treated as an 1387 * evacuation, even if it removes channels that were previously marked as 1388 * non-evacuable with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_NON_EVAC_CHANNELS. The 1389 * non-evacuable marking is a per-channel property of the schedule: 1390 * channels that remain in the new schedule keep their marking, channels 1391 * that are removed simply lose it, and newly added channels are 1392 * evacuable by default. 1393 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE: Event sent to user space to notify that 1394 * a deferred local NAN schedule update (requested with 1395 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED) 1396 * has been completed. The presence of %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS 1397 * indicates that the update was successful. 1398 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED: Set the peer NAN schedule. NAN 1399 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). 1400 * Required attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_MAC (peer NMI address) and 1401 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW. 1402 * Optionally, the full schedule can be provided by including all of: 1403 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL (one or more), and 1404 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS (see &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs). 1405 * If any of these three optional attributes is provided, all three must 1406 * be provided. 1407 * Each peer channel must be compatible with at least one local channel 1408 * set by %NL80211_CMD_SET_LOCAL_NAN_SCHED. Different maps must not 1409 * contain compatible channels. Two maps may schedule the same time slot. 1410 * The device decides at runtime which of the channels to follow. 1411 * For example, the local schedule may place slot S on channel c1 while 1412 * the peer advertises slot S on both c1 and c2. If the device is anyway 1413 * on c2 during slot S (e.g. via the ULW mechanism for non-NAN activity), 1414 * it may use slot S on c2 to communicate with the peer. 1415 * When updating an existing peer schedule, the full new schedule must be 1416 * provided - partial updates are not supported. The new schedule will 1417 * completely replace the previous one. 1418 * The peer schedule is automatically removed when the NMI station is 1419 * removed. 1420 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE: Notification from the driver to user space 1421 * with the updated ULW blob of the device. User space can use this blob 1422 * to attach to frames sent to peers. This notification contains 1423 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW with the ULW blob. 1424 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC: Notification to indicate that a NAN 1425 * channel has been evacuated due to resource conflicts with other 1426 * interfaces. This can happen when another interface sharing the channel 1427 * resource with NAN needs to move to a different channel (e.g., channel 1428 * switch or link switch on a BSS interface). 1429 * The notification contains %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute 1430 * identifying the evacuated channel. 1431 * User space may reconfigure the local schedule in response to this 1432 * notification. 1433 * @NL80211_CMD_START_PD: Start PD operation, identified by its 1434 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously 1435 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. 1436 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD: Stop the PD operation, identified by 1437 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1438 * 1439 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_NON_EVAC_CHANNELS: Set the list of NAN local schedule 1440 * channels that must not be evacuated. NAN must be operational 1441 * (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed) and a local schedule must have 1442 * been set (%NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED). The command carries zero 1443 * or more nested %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes, each identifying a 1444 * channel (by its channel definition) of the current local schedule that 1445 * must not be evacuated for concurrent operations. The provided list 1446 * replaces the previous set of non-evacuable channels; channels of the 1447 * current schedule that are not included become evacuable again. All 1448 * provided channels must exist in the current local schedule, otherwise 1449 * the command fails. This is used to protect channels carrying NDC or 1450 * immutable schedules, whose evacuation would break existing NDP 1451 * connections. 1452 * The non-evacuable marking is a per-channel property of the current 1453 * local schedule and only affects evacuation for concurrent operations; 1454 * it does not prevent the schedule itself from being changed. Removing a 1455 * channel from the schedule with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED is a 1456 * user-initiated change, not an evacuation, and is allowed even for a 1457 * non-evacuable channel. Across a schedule update, channels that remain 1458 * keep their non-evacuable marking, removed channels lose it, and newly 1459 * added channels are evacuable by default; issue this command again to 1460 * change the non-evacuable set. 1461 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_BEACON: Update the beacon and other templates of an AP 1462 * interface, but only that. Same attributes as %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1463 * %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL are required, 1464 * configuration changes such as %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER rejected. 1465 * This doesn't acquire the wiphy mutex internally, so it's faster, but 1466 * cannot update any other configuration. 1467 * For MLO a single link is set with %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as usual 1468 * and multiple can be nested in %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS but then the 1469 * update isn't atomic if any failures happen. 1470 * Only supported with %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UPDATE_BEACON. 1471 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1472 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1473 */ 1474 enum nl80211_commands { 1475 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1476 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1477 1478 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1479 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1480 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1481 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1482 1483 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1484 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1485 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1486 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1487 1488 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1489 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1490 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1491 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1492 1493 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1494 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1495 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1496 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1497 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1498 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1499 1500 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1501 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1502 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1503 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1504 1505 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1506 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1507 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1508 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1509 1510 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1511 1512 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1513 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1514 1515 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1516 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1517 1518 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1519 1520 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1521 1522 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1523 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1524 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1525 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1526 1527 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1528 1529 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1530 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1531 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1532 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1533 1534 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1535 1536 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1537 1538 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1539 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1540 1541 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1542 1543 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1544 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1545 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1546 1547 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1548 1549 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1550 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1551 1552 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1553 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1554 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1555 1556 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1557 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1558 1559 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1560 1561 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1562 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1563 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1564 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1565 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1566 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1567 1568 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1569 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1570 1571 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1572 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1573 1574 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1575 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1576 1577 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1578 1579 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1580 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1581 1582 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1583 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1584 1585 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1586 1587 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1588 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1589 1590 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1591 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1592 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1593 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1594 1595 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1596 1597 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1598 1599 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1600 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1601 1602 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1603 1604 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER, 1605 1606 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1607 1608 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1609 1610 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1611 1612 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1613 1614 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1615 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1616 1617 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1618 1619 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1620 1621 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1622 1623 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1624 1625 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1626 1627 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1628 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1629 1630 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1631 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1632 1633 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1634 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1635 1636 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1637 1638 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1639 1640 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1641 1642 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1643 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1644 1645 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1646 1647 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1648 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1649 1650 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1651 1652 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1653 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1654 1655 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1656 1657 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1658 1659 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1660 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1661 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1662 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1663 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1664 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1665 1666 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1667 1668 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1669 1670 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1671 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1672 1673 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1674 1675 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1676 1677 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1678 1679 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1680 1681 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1682 1683 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1684 1685 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1686 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1687 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1688 1689 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1690 1691 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1692 1693 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1694 1695 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1696 1697 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1698 1699 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1700 1701 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1702 1703 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1704 1705 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1706 1707 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1708 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1709 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1710 1711 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1712 1713 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1714 1715 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK, 1716 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK, 1717 1718 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA, 1719 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA, 1720 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA, 1721 1722 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP, 1723 1724 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED, 1725 1726 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING, 1727 1728 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF, 1729 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG, 1730 1731 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION, 1732 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED, 1733 1734 NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT, 1735 1736 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, 1737 1738 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE, 1739 1740 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, 1741 1742 NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE, 1743 1744 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, 1745 1746 NL80211_CMD_START_PD, 1747 NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD, 1748 1749 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_NON_EVAC_CHANNELS, 1750 1751 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_BEACON, 1752 1753 /* add new commands above here */ 1754 1755 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1756 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1757 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1758 }; 1759 1760 /* 1761 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1762 * here 1763 */ 1764 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1765 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1766 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1767 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1768 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1769 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1770 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1771 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1772 1773 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1774 1775 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1776 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1777 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1778 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1779 #define NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER 1780 1781 /** 1782 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1785 * 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1787 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1791 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1792 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1793 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1794 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1796 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1797 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1799 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1800 * operating channel center frequency. 1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1802 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1804 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1805 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1806 * this attribute) 1807 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1808 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1809 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1810 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1812 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1813 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1815 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1816 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1818 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1819 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1821 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1822 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1824 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1825 * 1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1829 * 1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1831 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1832 * 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1834 * 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1836 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1837 * keys 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1840 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1842 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1845 * default management key 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1847 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1849 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1855 * 1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1858 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1860 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1861 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1862 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1863 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1865 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1867 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1868 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1869 * 1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1871 * consisting of a nested array. 1872 * 1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1875 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1878 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1879 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1880 * 1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1882 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1883 * 1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1885 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1886 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1887 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1888 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1889 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1890 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1891 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1892 * to a specific alpha2. 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1894 * rules. 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1898 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1900 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1902 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1903 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1906 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1907 * 1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1909 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1910 * of the interface mode. 1911 * 1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1913 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1914 * 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1916 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1917 * 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1919 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1921 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1923 * that can be added to a scan request 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1925 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1927 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1928 * 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1931 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1933 * 1934 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1935 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1937 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1940 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1941 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1942 * 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1944 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1945 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1948 * represented as a u32 1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1950 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1953 * a u32 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1956 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1957 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1958 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1959 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1961 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1962 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1963 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1964 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1965 * 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1967 * cipher suites 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1970 * for other networks on different channels 1971 * 1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1973 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1974 * 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1976 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1977 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1978 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1979 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1980 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1981 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1982 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1983 * 1984 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1985 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1986 * 1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1988 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1989 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1990 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1991 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1992 * default in station mode. 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1994 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1995 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1996 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1997 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1998 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 2000 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 2001 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 2003 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 2004 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 2005 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 2006 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 2007 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 2008 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 2009 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2010 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 2011 * frames are not forwarded over the control port. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 2014 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 2017 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 2018 * a local disconnect request. 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2020 * event (u16) 2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 2022 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 2023 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 2026 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 2027 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 2029 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 2030 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 2031 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 2032 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 2033 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 2034 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 2035 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 2036 * 2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 2038 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 2040 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 2041 * 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 2043 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 2044 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 2045 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 2046 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 2047 * 2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 2049 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 2051 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 2052 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 2055 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace. 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 2058 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 2059 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 2060 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 2061 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 2062 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 2063 * completely from scratch. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 2066 * 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 2068 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 2069 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 2073 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 2074 * 2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 2077 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 2078 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 2079 * 2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 2083 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 2084 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 2085 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 2086 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 2087 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 2088 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 2089 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 2090 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 2091 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 2092 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 2093 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 2094 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and 2095 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT. 2096 * 2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 2098 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 2100 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2102 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2103 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 2104 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 2106 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 2107 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 2108 * 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 2110 * acknowledged by the recipient. 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32) 2112 * 2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 2114 * 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 2116 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 2119 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 2120 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 2121 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 2122 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 2123 * 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 2125 * connected to this BSS. 2126 * 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 2128 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 2130 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 2131 * for non-automatic settings. 2132 * 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 2134 * means support for per-station GTKs. 2135 * 2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 2137 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2138 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 2139 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 2140 * 2141 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 2142 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 2143 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 2144 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 2145 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not. 2146 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 2147 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 2148 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not. 2149 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 2150 * support by returning -EINVAL. 2151 * 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 2153 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 2154 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 2155 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 2156 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 2157 * 2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2159 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 2160 * 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 2162 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 2163 * 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 2165 * 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 2167 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 2168 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 2169 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 2170 * nl80211 capability flag. 2171 * 2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 2175 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 2176 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 2177 * 2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 2179 * changed once the mesh is active. 2180 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 2181 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 2183 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 2184 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 2186 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 2187 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 2188 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 2189 * 2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 2191 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 2193 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 2194 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 2195 * triggers. 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 2198 * cycles, in msecs. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 2201 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 2202 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 2203 * pass-thru filter rules. 2204 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 2205 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 2206 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 2207 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 2208 * able to ignore them by itself. 2209 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 2210 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 2211 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 2212 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 2213 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 2214 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 2215 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 2216 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 2217 * 2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 2219 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 2220 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 2221 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set), 2222 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio. 2223 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy 2224 * combinations for the sum of all radios. 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 2226 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 2227 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 2228 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 2229 * 2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 2231 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 2232 * 2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 2234 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 2235 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 2236 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 2237 * 2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 2239 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 2240 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 2241 * 2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 2243 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 2244 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 2245 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 2247 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 2248 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 2249 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 2250 * (Re)Association Request frames. 2251 * 2252 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 2253 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 2255 * as AP. 2256 * 2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 2258 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 2259 * 2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 2261 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 2262 * 2263 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 2264 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 2265 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 2266 * applications use this attribute. 2267 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 2268 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 2269 * 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2271 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2272 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2274 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2276 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2278 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2280 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2281 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2282 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2283 * 2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2285 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2286 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2287 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2288 * 2289 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2290 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2291 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2292 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2293 * 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2295 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2297 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2298 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2299 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2302 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2303 * to be filled by the FW. 2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2305 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2306 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2308 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2309 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2311 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2312 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable 2314 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2315 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2317 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2318 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2319 * The values that may be configured are: 2320 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2321 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2322 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2323 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2324 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2326 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2327 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2328 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2329 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2330 * the station debugfs vht_caps file. 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2333 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2334 * to one DFS region. 2335 * 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_BITMAP: A TID bitmap (u16) whose meaning depends 2337 * on the command. 2338 * 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2340 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2341 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2342 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2343 * capability to timeout the stations. 2344 * 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2346 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2347 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2350 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2351 * 2352 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2353 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2354 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2355 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2356 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2357 * 2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2359 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2360 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2361 * 2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2363 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2364 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2365 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2366 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2367 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2368 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2369 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2370 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2371 * consistent. 2372 * 2373 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2374 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2375 * 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2377 * 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2379 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2381 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2382 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2383 * no change is made. 2384 * 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2386 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2387 * 2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2389 * carried in a u32 attribute 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2392 * MAC ACL. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2395 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2396 * ACL. 2397 * 2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2399 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2400 * 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2402 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2403 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2405 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2406 * 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2408 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2409 * 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2411 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2412 * and PU-APSD. 2413 * 2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2415 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2416 * 2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2418 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2419 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2420 * 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2422 * 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2424 * Element 2425 * 2426 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2427 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2429 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2430 * 2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2432 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2433 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2434 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to 2435 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation. 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2440 * until the channel switch event. 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2442 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2443 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2444 * was requested by the AP. 2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2446 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2448 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2450 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2451 * 2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2453 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2454 * 2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2456 * 2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2458 * operating classes. 2459 * 2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2461 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2462 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2463 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2464 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2465 * IBSS network. 2466 * 2467 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2468 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2470 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2471 * 2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2473 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2474 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2475 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2476 * u8 attribute. 2477 * 2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2479 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2482 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2483 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2484 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2485 * 2486 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2487 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2488 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2489 * 2490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2492 * 2493 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2494 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2495 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2496 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2497 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2498 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2499 * 2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2501 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2502 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2503 * supported number of csa counters. 2504 * 2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2506 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2507 * 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2509 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2510 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2511 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2512 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2513 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2514 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2515 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2516 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2517 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2518 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2519 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2520 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2521 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2522 * multicast group. 2523 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2524 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2525 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2526 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2527 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2528 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2529 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2530 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2531 * 2532 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2533 * the TDLS link initiator. 2534 * 2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2536 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2537 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2538 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2539 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2540 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2542 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2543 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2544 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2545 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2546 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2547 * 2548 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2549 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2550 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2551 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2552 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2553 * 2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2556 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2557 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2558 * 2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2560 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2561 * 2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2563 * 2564 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2567 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2568 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2569 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2570 * 2571 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2572 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2573 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2574 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2575 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2576 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2577 * 2578 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2579 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2580 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2581 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2582 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2583 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2584 * over all channels. 2585 * 2586 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2587 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2588 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2589 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2590 * 2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2592 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2593 * 2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2595 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2597 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2599 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2601 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2602 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2603 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2604 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2605 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2607 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2608 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2609 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2610 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2611 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2612 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2613 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2614 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2615 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2616 * 2617 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2618 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2619 * 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2621 * 2622 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2623 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2624 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and 2625 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO, 2626 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are 2627 * present. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2630 * groupID for monitor mode. 2631 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2632 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2633 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2634 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2635 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2636 * each group. 2637 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2638 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2639 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2640 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2641 * groupID data. 2642 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2644 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2645 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2646 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2647 * 2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2649 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2650 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2651 * attribute must not be included). 2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2653 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2655 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2656 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2657 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2658 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2659 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2660 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2661 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2662 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2663 * 2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2665 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2666 * 2667 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2668 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2669 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2670 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2671 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2672 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2673 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2674 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2675 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2676 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2677 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2678 * the device will decide what to use. 2679 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2680 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2681 * attribute. 2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2683 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2684 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2685 * protection. 2686 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2687 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2688 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2689 * 2690 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2691 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2692 * 2693 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2694 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2695 * 2696 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2697 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2698 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2699 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2700 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2701 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2702 * unnecessary wakeups. 2703 * 2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2705 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2706 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2707 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2708 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2709 * 2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2711 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2712 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2713 * 2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2715 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2716 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2717 * 2718 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2719 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2720 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2721 * 2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2723 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2724 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2725 * 2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2727 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2728 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2729 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2730 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2731 * 2732 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP 2733 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2735 * 2736 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2737 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2738 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2739 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2740 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2741 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2742 * is included as well. 2743 * 2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2745 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2746 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2747 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2748 * 2749 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2750 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2751 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2753 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2754 * 2755 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2756 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2757 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2758 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2759 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2760 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2761 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2762 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2763 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2764 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2765 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2766 * 2767 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2768 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2769 * 2770 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2771 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2773 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2774 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2775 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2776 * enforced. 2777 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2778 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2779 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2780 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2781 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set (except for NAN, which uses WME 2782 * anyway). 2783 * 2784 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2785 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2786 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2787 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2788 * 2789 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2790 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2791 * 2792 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2793 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2794 * invalid value. 2795 * 2796 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2797 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2798 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2799 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2800 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2801 * 2802 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2803 * scheduler. 2804 * 2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2806 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2807 * possible values. 2808 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2809 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2810 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2811 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2812 * or per-station. 2813 * 2814 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2815 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2816 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2817 * 2818 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2819 * 2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2821 * functionality. 2822 * 2823 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2824 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2825 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2826 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2827 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2828 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2829 * 2830 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2831 * (u16). 2832 * 2833 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2834 * 2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2836 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2837 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2838 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2839 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2840 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2841 * 2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2843 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2844 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2845 * attributes. 2846 * 2847 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2848 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2849 * 2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2851 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2852 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2853 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2854 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2855 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2856 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2857 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2858 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2859 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2860 * 2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2862 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2863 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2864 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2865 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2866 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2867 * has expired. 2868 * 2869 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2870 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2871 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2872 * disassociation is still forced. 2873 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2874 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2875 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2876 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2877 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2878 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2879 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2880 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2881 * 2882 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2883 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2884 * 2885 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2886 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2887 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2888 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2889 * 2890 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2891 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2892 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty 2893 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates. 2894 * 2895 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2896 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2897 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2898 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2899 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2900 * 2901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2902 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2903 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2904 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2905 * 2906 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2907 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2908 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2909 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2910 * 2911 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2912 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2913 * is desired. 2914 * 2915 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2916 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2917 * 2918 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2919 * until the color switch event. 2920 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2921 * switching to 2922 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2923 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2924 * 2925 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2926 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2927 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2928 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2929 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2930 * parameters. 2931 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2932 * 2933 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2934 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2935 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2936 * 2937 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2938 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2939 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2940 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2941 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2942 * radar channel. 2943 * 2944 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2945 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2946 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2947 * 2948 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from 2949 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2950 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2951 * 2952 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with 2953 * various commands that need a link ID to operate. 2954 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some 2955 * per-link information and a link ID. 2956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as 2957 * authenticate/associate. 2958 * 2959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO 2960 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not 2961 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection. 2962 * 2963 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of 2964 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 2965 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this 2966 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM 2967 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum 2968 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute. 2969 * 2970 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16) 2971 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16) 2972 * 2973 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in 2974 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2975 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2976 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX 2977 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2978 * the ack TX timestamp. 2979 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in 2980 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will 2981 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset. 2982 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX 2983 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates 2984 * the incoming frame RX timestamp. 2985 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent 2986 * (re)associations. 2987 * 2988 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest 2989 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1 2990 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are 2991 * reserved. 2992 * 2993 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW 2994 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute. 2995 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying 2996 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported. 2997 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should 2998 * be enabled or not (flag attribute). 2999 * 3000 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for 3001 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used 3002 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled. 3003 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple 3004 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting 3005 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element 3006 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon 3007 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same 3008 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of 3009 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon. 3010 * 3011 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link 3012 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the 3013 * information by including a TTLM in the association response. 3014 * 3015 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e. 3016 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or 3017 * cannot be used at all. 3018 * 3019 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to 3020 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 3021 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 3022 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 3023 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to 3024 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link 3025 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element) 3026 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 3027 * 3028 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with 3029 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs 3030 * are used on this connection 3031 * 3032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios 3033 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs. 3034 * 3035 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the 3036 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each 3037 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in 3038 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 3039 * 3040 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32). 3041 * A value of 0 means all radios. 3042 * 3043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array 3044 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but 3045 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS). 3046 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented 3047 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed. 3048 * 3049 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested 3050 * to be removed from the MLO association. 3051 * 3052 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a 3053 * station interface. 3054 * 3055 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and operations. 3056 * For association and link reconfiguration, indicates extra capabilities 3057 * that userspace implements, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For 3058 * Multiple APs Support". 3059 * For wiphy information, additional flags that drivers will set, but 3060 * this is informational only for userspace (it's not expected to set 3061 * these.) 3062 * 3063 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index 3064 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to 3065 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means 3066 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is 3067 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be 3068 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater 3069 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned. 3070 * 3071 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents 3072 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission 3073 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required 3074 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating 3075 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of 3076 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals). 3077 * 3078 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon 3079 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When 3080 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is 3081 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to 3082 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions. 3083 * 3084 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY 3085 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can 3086 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to 3087 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be 3088 * modified. 3089 * 3090 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for 3091 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with 3092 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. 3093 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details. 3094 * This attribute is optional. 3095 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new 3096 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with 3097 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED 3098 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities. 3099 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN 3100 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities 3101 * for details. 3102 * 3103 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G 3104 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates 3105 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary. 3106 * 3107 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP 3108 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA 3109 * 3110 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from 3111 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 3112 * only if HE/EHT are also available. 3113 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable 3114 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 3115 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 3116 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL: This is a nested attribute. There can be multiple 3117 * attributes of this type, each one represents a channel definition and 3118 * consists of top-level attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ. 3119 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, it specifies 3120 * the channel definitions on which the radio needs to operate during 3121 * specific time slots. All of the channel definitions should be mutually 3122 * incompatible. With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3123 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3124 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, it configures the 3125 * peer NAN channels. In that case, the channel definitions can be 3126 * compatible to each other, or even identical just with different RX NSS. 3127 * With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and 3128 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory. 3129 * The number of channels should fit the current configuration of channels 3130 * and the possible interface combinations. 3131 * If an existing NAN channel is changed but the chandef isn't, the 3132 * channel entry must also remain unchanged. 3133 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, this identifies the 3134 * channels that were evacuated. 3135 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY: a byte array of 6 bytes. contains the 3136 * Channel Entry as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 3137 * 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN Availability attribute). 3138 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS: (u8) RX NSS used for a NAN channel. This is 3139 * used with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL when configuring NAN channels with 3140 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED or %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. 3141 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS: an array of u8 values and 32 cells. each value 3142 * maps a time slot to the chandef on which the radio should operate on in 3143 * that time. %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 3144 * The chandef is represented using its index, where the index is the 3145 * sequential number of the %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute within all 3146 * the attributes of this type. 3147 * Each slots spans over 16TUs, hence the entire schedule spans over 3148 * 512TUs. Other slot durations and periods are currently not supported. 3149 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB: (Binary) The NAN Availability attribute blob, 3150 * including the attribute header, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 3151 * specification Table 93 (NAN Availability attribute format). Required with 3152 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED to provide the raw NAN Availability 3153 * attribute. Used by the device to publish Schedule Update NAFs. 3154 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED: Flag attribute used with 3155 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED. When present, the command is a 3156 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This 3157 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers, 3158 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot 3159 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). Since 3160 * the slots management is done in the device, the update to the peers 3161 * needs to be sent by the device, so it knows the actual switch time. 3162 * If the flag is not set, the schedule should be applied immediately. 3163 * When this flag is set, the total number of NAN channels from both the 3164 * old and new schedules must not exceed the allowed number of local NAN 3165 * channels, because with deferred scheduling the old channels cannot be 3166 * removed before adding the new ones to free up space. 3167 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS: flag attribute used with 3168 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE to indicate that the deferred 3169 * schedule update completed successfully. If this flag is not present, 3170 * the update failed. 3171 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC: The address of the NMI station to which this NDI 3172 * station belongs. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION when adding an NDI 3173 * station. 3174 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW: (Binary) The initial ULW(s) as published by the 3175 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 109 3176 * (Unaligned Schedule attribute format). Used to configure the device 3177 * with the initial ULW(s) of a peer, before the device starts tracking it. 3178 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW: (u16) The committed DW as published by the 3179 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 80 3180 * (Committed DW Information field format). 3181 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID: (u8) The sequence ID of the peer schedule that 3182 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED defines. The device follows the 3183 * sequence ID in the frames to identify newer schedules. Once a schedule 3184 * with a higher sequence ID is received, the device may stop communicating 3185 * with that peer until a new peer schedule with a matching sequence ID is 3186 * received. 3187 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME: (u16) The maximum channel switch 3188 * time, in microseconds. 3189 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS: Nested array of peer schedule maps. 3190 * Used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. Contains up to 2 entries, 3191 * each containing nested attributes from &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs. 3192 * 3193 * @NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP: u32 attribute specifying 3194 * the signal interference bitmap detected on the operating bandwidth for 3195 * %NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT. Each bit represents a 20 MHz 3196 * segment, lowest bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz segment, in the 3197 * operating bandwidth where the interference is detected. Punctured 3198 * sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure; however, since 3199 * interference detection is not performed on these sub-channels, their 3200 * corresponding bits are consistently set to zero. 3201 * 3202 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION: Full UHR Operation element, as it appears in 3203 * association response etc., since it's abridged in the beacon. Used 3204 * for START_AP etc. 3205 * 3206 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED: Flag attribute, used only with the 3207 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event in SME-in-driver mode. The driver should 3208 * set this flag to indicate that both the (Re)Association Request frame 3209 * and the corresponding (Re)Association Response frame are transmitted 3210 * encrypted over the air. Enhanced Privacy Protection (EPP), as defined 3211 * in IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, mandates this encryption. 3212 * 3213 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ: NPCA primary channel (u32) 3214 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP: NPCA puncturing bitmap (u32) 3215 * 3216 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_DUMP_LINK_STATS: Request flag for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION 3217 * (dump mode only). When set on an MLD station, the dump produces two 3218 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION messages per station per dump call: 3219 * 3220 * 1. An aggregated-stats message whose top-level %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3221 * contains MLO-combined statistics (same content as a dump without 3222 * this flag). 3223 * 3224 * 2. For each active link, a per-link message containing 3225 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS with a single link entry. Each entry holds 3226 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, the link-specific %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3227 * and %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO with per-link statistics (see 3228 * &enum nl80211_sta_info). 3229 * 3230 * The aggregated message always precedes the per-link messages for the 3231 * same station within a dump sequence. 3232 * 3233 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_NO_STA: Valid for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME to denote that 3234 * the kernel had no station for a received frame or should not use a 3235 * known station to transmit a frame. This is relevant to know whether 3236 * MLD address translation happened or to disable it when sending a frame. 3237 * 3238 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_CIP: Enable Control Integrity Protocol for the 3239 * association 3240 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIP_CAPABILITIES: The Control Integrity Protocol for the 3241 * station. 3242 * 3243 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_PROTECTED_TWT: Enable protected TWT for the association, 3244 * requires protected TWT support (flag attribute) 3245 * 3246 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 3247 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 3248 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3249 */ 3250 enum nl80211_attrs { 3251 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 3252 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 3253 3254 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 3255 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 3256 3257 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 3258 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 3259 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 3260 3261 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 3262 3263 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 3264 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 3265 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 3266 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 3267 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 3268 3269 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3270 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 3271 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 3272 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 3273 3274 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 3275 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 3276 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 3277 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 3278 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 3279 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 3280 3281 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 3282 3283 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 3284 3285 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 3286 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 3287 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 3288 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 3289 3290 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 3291 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3292 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3293 3294 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 3295 3296 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 3297 3298 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 3299 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 3300 3301 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 3302 3303 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 3304 3305 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 3306 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 3307 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 3308 3309 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 3310 3311 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 3312 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 3313 3314 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 3315 3316 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 3317 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 3318 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 3319 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 3320 3321 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 3322 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 3323 3324 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 3325 3326 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 3327 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 3328 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 3329 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 3330 3331 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 3332 3333 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3334 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 3335 3336 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 3337 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 3338 3339 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 3340 3341 3342 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 3343 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 3344 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 3345 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 3346 3347 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 3348 3349 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 3350 3351 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 3352 3353 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 3354 3355 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 3356 3357 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 3358 3359 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 3360 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 3361 3362 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 3363 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 3364 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 3365 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 3366 3367 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 3368 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 3369 3370 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 3371 3372 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 3373 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 3374 3375 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 3376 3377 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 3378 3379 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 3380 3381 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 3382 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 3383 3384 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 3385 3386 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 3387 3388 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 3389 3390 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 3391 3392 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 3393 3394 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 3395 3396 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 3397 3398 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 3399 3400 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 3401 3402 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 3403 3404 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3405 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 3406 3407 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 3408 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 3409 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 3410 3411 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 3412 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 3413 3414 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 3415 3416 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 3417 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 3418 3419 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 3420 3421 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 3422 3423 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 3424 3425 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 3426 3427 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 3428 3429 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 3430 3431 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 3432 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 3433 3434 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 3435 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 3436 3437 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 3438 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 3439 3440 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 3441 3442 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3443 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 3444 3445 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 3446 3447 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 3448 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 3449 3450 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 3451 3452 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 3453 3454 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 3455 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 3456 3457 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 3458 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 3459 3460 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 3461 3462 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 3463 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 3464 3465 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 3466 3467 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 3468 3469 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 3470 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 3471 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 3472 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 3473 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 3474 3475 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 3476 3477 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 3478 3479 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 3480 3481 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 3482 3483 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 3484 3485 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 3486 3487 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 3488 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3489 3490 NL80211_ATTR_TID_BITMAP, 3491 3492 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 3493 3494 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 3495 3496 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 3497 3498 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 3499 3500 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 3501 3502 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 3503 3504 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 3505 3506 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 3507 3508 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 3509 3510 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 3511 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 3512 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 3513 3514 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 3515 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 3516 3517 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 3518 3519 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 3520 3521 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 3522 3523 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 3524 3525 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 3526 3527 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 3528 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 3529 3530 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 3531 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 3532 3533 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 3534 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 3535 3536 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 3537 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3538 3539 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 3540 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 3541 3542 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 3543 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 3544 3545 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 3546 3547 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 3548 3549 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 3550 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 3551 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 3552 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 3553 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 3554 3555 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 3556 3557 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 3558 3559 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 3560 3561 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 3562 3563 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 3564 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 3565 3566 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 3567 3568 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 3569 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 3570 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 3571 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 3572 3573 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 3574 3575 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 3576 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 3577 3578 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 3579 3580 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 3581 3582 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 3583 3584 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3585 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3586 3587 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3588 3589 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3590 3591 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3592 3593 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3594 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3595 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3596 3597 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3598 3599 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3600 3601 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3602 3603 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3604 3605 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3606 3607 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3608 3609 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3610 3611 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3612 3613 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3614 3615 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3616 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3617 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3618 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3619 3620 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3621 3622 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3623 3624 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3625 3626 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3627 3628 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3629 3630 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3631 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3632 3633 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3634 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3635 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3636 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3637 3638 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3639 3640 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3641 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3642 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3643 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3644 3645 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3646 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3647 3648 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3649 3650 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3651 3652 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3653 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3654 3655 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3656 3657 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3658 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3659 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3660 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3661 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3662 3663 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3664 3665 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3666 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3667 3668 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3669 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3670 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3671 3672 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3673 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3674 3675 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3676 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3677 3678 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3679 3680 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3681 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3682 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3683 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3684 3685 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3686 3687 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3688 3689 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3690 3691 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3692 3693 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3694 3695 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3696 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3697 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3698 3699 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3700 3701 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3702 3703 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3704 3705 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3706 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3707 3708 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3709 3710 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3711 3712 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3713 3714 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3715 3716 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3717 3718 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3719 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3720 3721 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3722 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3723 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3724 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3725 3726 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3727 3728 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3729 3730 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3731 3732 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3733 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3734 3735 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3736 3737 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3738 3739 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3740 3741 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3742 3743 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3744 3745 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3746 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3747 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3748 3749 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3750 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3751 3752 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3753 3754 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3755 3756 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY, 3757 3758 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT, 3759 3760 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS, 3761 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID, 3762 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR, 3763 3764 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT, 3765 3766 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES, 3767 3768 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY, 3769 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3770 3771 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3772 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP, 3773 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP, 3774 3775 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3776 3777 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS, 3778 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED, 3779 3780 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS, 3781 3782 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED, 3783 3784 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA, 3785 3786 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK, 3787 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK, 3788 3789 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU, 3790 3791 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS, 3792 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 3793 3794 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK, 3795 3796 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS, 3797 3798 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS, 3799 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS, 3800 3801 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS, 3802 3803 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX, 3804 3805 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD, 3806 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON, 3807 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM, 3808 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, 3809 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER, 3810 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES, 3811 3812 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ, 3813 3814 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER, 3815 3816 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY, 3817 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR, 3818 3819 NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP, 3820 3821 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION, 3822 3823 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL, 3824 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY, 3825 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS, 3826 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS, 3827 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, 3828 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED, 3829 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS, 3830 3831 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC, 3832 3833 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW, 3834 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW, 3835 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, 3836 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME, 3837 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS, 3838 3839 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED, 3840 3841 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ, 3842 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP, 3843 3844 NL80211_ATTR_STA_DUMP_LINK_STATS, 3845 3846 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_NO_STA, 3847 3848 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_CIP, 3849 NL80211_ATTR_CIP_CAPABILITIES, 3850 3851 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_PROTECTED_TWT, 3852 3853 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3854 3855 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3856 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3857 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3858 }; 3859 3860 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3861 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3862 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3863 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3864 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3865 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3866 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3867 #define NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS 3868 #define NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP NL80211_ATTR_TID_BITMAP 3869 3870 /* 3871 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3872 * here 3873 */ 3874 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3875 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3876 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3877 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3878 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3879 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3880 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3881 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3882 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3883 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3884 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3885 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3886 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3887 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3888 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3889 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3890 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3891 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3892 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3893 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3894 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3895 3896 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3897 3898 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3899 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128 3900 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3901 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3902 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3903 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3904 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3905 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3906 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3907 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3908 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3909 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3910 3911 /* 3912 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 3913 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. 3914 */ 3915 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3916 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13 3917 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51 3918 3919 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3920 3921 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3922 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3923 3924 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3925 3926 /** 3927 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3928 * 3929 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3930 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3931 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3932 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3933 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3934 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3935 * AP type interface. 3936 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3937 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3938 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3939 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3940 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3941 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3942 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3943 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3944 * commands to create and destroy one 3945 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3946 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3947 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3948 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: NAN data interface type (netdev); NAN data 3949 * interfaces can only be brought up (IFF_UP) when a NAN interface 3950 * already exists and NAN has been started (using %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN). 3951 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_PD: PD device interface type (not a netdev) 3952 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3953 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3954 * 3955 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3956 * to set the type of an interface. 3957 * 3958 */ 3959 enum nl80211_iftype { 3960 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3961 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3962 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3963 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3964 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3965 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3966 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3967 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3968 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3969 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3970 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3971 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3972 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3973 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA, 3974 NL80211_IFTYPE_PD, 3975 3976 /* keep last */ 3977 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3978 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3979 }; 3980 3981 /** 3982 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3983 * 3984 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3985 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3986 * 3987 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3988 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3989 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3990 * with short barker preamble 3991 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3992 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3993 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3994 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3995 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3996 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3997 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3998 * as errors.) 3999 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 4000 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 4001 * previously added station into associated state 4002 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs 4003 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_CIP: station has Control Integrity Protocol (CIP) enabled 4004 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 4005 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4006 */ 4007 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 4008 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 4009 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 4010 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 4011 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 4012 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 4013 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 4014 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 4015 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 4016 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU, 4017 NL80211_STA_FLAG_CIP, 4018 4019 /* keep last */ 4020 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4021 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4022 }; 4023 4024 /** 4025 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 4026 * 4027 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 4028 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 4029 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 4030 */ 4031 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 4032 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 4033 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 4034 4035 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 4036 }; 4037 4038 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 4039 4040 /** 4041 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 4042 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 4043 * @set: which values to set them to 4044 * 4045 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 4046 */ 4047 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 4048 __u32 mask; 4049 __u32 set; 4050 } __attribute__((packed)); 4051 4052 /** 4053 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 4054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 4055 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 4056 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 4057 */ 4058 enum nl80211_he_gi { 4059 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 4060 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 4061 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 4062 }; 4063 4064 /** 4065 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 4066 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 4067 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 4068 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 4069 */ 4070 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 4071 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 4072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 4073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 4074 }; 4075 4076 /** 4077 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 4078 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 4079 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 4080 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 4081 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 4082 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 4083 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 4084 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 4085 */ 4086 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 4087 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 4088 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 4089 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 4090 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 4091 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 4092 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 4093 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 4094 }; 4095 4096 /** 4097 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval 4098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 4099 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 4100 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 4101 */ 4102 enum nl80211_eht_gi { 4103 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8, 4104 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6, 4105 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2, 4106 }; 4107 4108 /** 4109 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field 4110 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec 4111 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec 4112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec 4113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec 4114 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec 4115 */ 4116 enum nl80211_eht_ltf { 4117 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF, 4118 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF, 4119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF, 4120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF, 4121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF, 4122 }; 4123 4124 /** 4125 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values 4126 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 4127 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 4128 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation 4129 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 4130 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation 4131 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 4132 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 4133 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation 4134 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 4135 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation 4136 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation 4137 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 4138 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation 4139 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation 4140 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation 4141 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation 4142 */ 4143 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc { 4144 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26, 4145 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52, 4146 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26, 4147 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106, 4148 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26, 4149 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242, 4150 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484, 4151 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242, 4152 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996, 4153 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484, 4154 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242, 4155 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 4156 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484, 4157 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996, 4158 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484, 4159 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996, 4160 }; 4161 4162 /** 4163 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 4164 * 4165 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 4166 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4167 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 4168 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 4169 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 4170 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 4171 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 4172 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 4173 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 4174 * 4175 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4176 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 4177 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 4178 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 4179 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 4180 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 4181 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 4182 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 4183 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 4184 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 4185 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 4186 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 4187 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 4188 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 4189 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4190 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 4191 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 4192 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 4193 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 4194 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 4195 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4196 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 4197 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 4198 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 4199 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 4200 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 4201 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate 4202 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15) 4203 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8) 4204 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier 4205 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 4206 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then 4207 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc) 4208 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10) 4209 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4) 4210 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate 4211 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate 4212 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate 4213 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate 4214 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate 4215 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23) 4216 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS) 4217 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable 4218 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1, 4219 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6. 4220 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag 4221 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4222 */ 4223 enum nl80211_rate_info { 4224 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 4225 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 4226 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 4227 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 4228 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 4229 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 4230 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 4231 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 4232 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4233 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 4234 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 4235 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 4236 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 4237 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 4238 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 4239 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 4240 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 4241 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 4242 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH, 4243 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS, 4244 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS, 4245 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI, 4246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC, 4247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS, 4248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS, 4249 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH, 4250 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH, 4251 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH, 4252 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH, 4253 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH, 4254 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS, 4255 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR, 4256 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM, 4257 4258 /* keep last */ 4259 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4260 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4261 }; 4262 4263 /** 4264 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 4265 * 4266 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 4267 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 4268 * 4269 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4270 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 4271 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 4272 * (flag) 4273 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 4274 * (flag) 4275 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 4276 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 4277 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 4278 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4279 */ 4280 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 4281 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 4282 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 4283 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 4284 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 4285 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 4286 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4287 4288 /* keep last */ 4289 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 4290 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4291 }; 4292 4293 /** 4294 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 4295 * 4296 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 4297 * when getting information about a station. 4298 * 4299 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4300 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 4301 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4302 * (u32, from this station) 4303 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4304 * (u32, to this station) 4305 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 4306 * (u64, from this station) 4307 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 4308 * (u64, to this station) 4309 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 4310 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 4311 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 4312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4313 * (u32, from this station) 4314 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 4315 * (u32, to this station) 4316 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 4317 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 4318 * (u32, to this station) 4319 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 4320 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 4321 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 4322 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 4323 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 4324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 4325 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 4326 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 4327 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 4328 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 4329 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 4330 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 4331 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 4332 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 4333 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 4334 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 4335 * non-peer STA 4336 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 4337 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 4338 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 4339 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 4340 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also 4341 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 4342 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 4343 * (u64) 4344 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 4345 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 4346 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 4347 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 4348 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 4349 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 4350 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 4351 * attributes carrying the actual values. 4352 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4353 * received from the station (u64, usec) 4354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4355 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 4356 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 4357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 4358 * (u32, from this station) 4359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 4360 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 4361 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 4362 * might not be fully accurate. 4363 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 4364 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 4365 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 4366 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 4367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 4368 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 4369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 4370 * of STA's association 4371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 4372 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 4373 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 4374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 4375 */ 4376 enum nl80211_sta_info { 4377 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 4378 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 4379 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 4380 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 4381 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 4382 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 4383 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 4384 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 4385 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 4386 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 4387 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 4388 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 4389 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 4390 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 4391 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 4392 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 4393 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 4394 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 4395 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 4396 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 4397 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 4398 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 4399 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 4400 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 4401 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 4402 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4403 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 4404 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 4405 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 4406 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 4407 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 4408 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 4409 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 4410 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 4411 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 4412 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 4413 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 4414 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 4415 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4416 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 4417 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 4418 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 4419 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 4420 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4421 4422 /* keep last */ 4423 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4424 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4425 }; 4426 4427 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 4428 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 4429 4430 4431 /** 4432 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 4433 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4434 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 4435 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 4436 * attempted to transmit; u64) 4437 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 4438 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 4439 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 4440 * MSDUs (u64) 4441 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4442 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 4443 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 4444 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4445 */ 4446 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 4447 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 4448 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 4449 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 4450 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 4451 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 4452 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 4453 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 4454 4455 /* keep last */ 4456 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 4457 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 4458 }; 4459 4460 /** 4461 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 4462 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4463 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 4464 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 4465 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 4466 * backlogged 4467 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 4468 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 4469 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 4470 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 4471 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 4472 * (only for per-phy stats) 4473 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 4474 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 4475 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 4476 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 4477 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 4478 */ 4479 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 4480 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 4481 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 4482 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 4483 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 4484 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 4485 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 4486 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 4487 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 4488 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 4489 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 4490 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 4491 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 4492 4493 /* keep last */ 4494 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 4495 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 4496 }; 4497 4498 /** 4499 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 4500 * 4501 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 4502 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 4503 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 4504 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 4505 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 4506 */ 4507 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 4508 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 4509 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 4510 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 4511 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 4512 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 4513 }; 4514 4515 /** 4516 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 4517 * 4518 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 4519 * information about a mesh path. 4520 * 4521 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4522 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 4523 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 4524 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 4525 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 4526 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 4527 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 4528 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 4529 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 4530 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 4531 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 4532 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 4533 * currently defined 4534 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4535 */ 4536 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 4537 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 4538 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 4539 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 4540 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 4541 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 4542 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 4543 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4544 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 4545 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 4546 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 4547 4548 /* keep last */ 4549 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4550 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4551 }; 4552 4553 /** 4554 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 4555 * 4556 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4557 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 4558 * for each interface type that supports the band data 4559 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 4560 * capabilities IE 4561 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 4562 * capabilities IE 4563 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 4564 * capabilities IE 4565 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 4566 * defined in HE capabilities IE 4567 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities, 4568 * given for all 6 GHz band channels (binary, element content) 4569 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 4570 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 4571 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT 4572 * capabilities element 4573 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT 4574 * capabilities element 4575 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT 4576 * capabilities element 4577 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as 4578 * defined in EHT capabilities element 4579 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR 4580 * capabilities element 4581 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR 4582 * capabilities element 4583 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4584 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4585 */ 4586 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 4587 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 4588 4589 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 4590 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 4591 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 4592 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 4593 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 4594 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 4595 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 4596 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC, 4597 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY, 4598 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET, 4599 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE, 4600 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC, 4601 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY, 4602 4603 /* keep last */ 4604 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4605 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4606 }; 4607 4608 /** 4609 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 4610 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4611 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 4612 * an array of nested frequency attributes 4613 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 4614 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 4615 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4616 * defined in 802.11n 4617 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4618 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 4619 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 4620 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 4621 * defined in 802.11ac 4622 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 4623 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 4624 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 4625 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 4626 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 4627 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 4628 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 4629 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 4630 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 4631 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS 4632 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes 4633 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the 4634 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes 4635 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 4636 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4637 */ 4638 enum nl80211_band_attr { 4639 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 4640 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 4641 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 4642 4643 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4644 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4645 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4646 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4647 4648 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4649 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4650 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 4651 4652 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 4653 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 4654 4655 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET, 4656 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA, 4657 4658 /* keep last */ 4659 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4660 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4661 }; 4662 4663 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 4664 4665 /** 4666 * enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr - NAN PHY capabilities attributes 4667 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4668 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing HT MCS set 4669 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities (u16) 4670 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: HT A-MPDU factor (u8) 4671 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: HT A-MPDU density (u8) 4672 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 8-byte attribute containing VHT MCS set 4673 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities (u32) 4674 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC: HE MAC capabilities 4675 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY: HE PHY capabilities 4676 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS combinations 4677 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE: HE PPE thresholds 4678 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN PHY cap attribute number 4679 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4680 */ 4681 enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr { 4682 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID, 4683 4684 /* HT capabilities */ 4685 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 4686 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 4687 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 4688 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 4689 4690 /* VHT capabilities */ 4691 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 4692 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 4693 4694 /* HE capabilities */ 4695 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC, 4696 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY, 4697 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET, 4698 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE, 4699 4700 /* keep last */ 4701 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4702 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4703 }; 4704 4705 /** 4706 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 4707 * 4708 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4709 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 4710 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 4711 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 4712 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 4713 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 4714 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 4715 */ 4716 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 4717 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 4718 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 4719 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 4720 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 4721 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 4722 4723 /* keep last */ 4724 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 4725 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 4726 }; 4727 4728 /** 4729 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 4730 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4731 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 4732 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 4733 * regulatory domain. 4734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 4735 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 4736 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 4737 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR 4738 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 4739 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 4741 * (100 * dBm). 4742 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 4743 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 4744 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long 4745 * this channel is in this DFS state. 4746 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 4747 * channel as the control channel 4748 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 4749 * channel as the control channel 4750 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 4751 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 4752 * this includes 80+80 channels 4753 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 4754 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 4755 * isn't possible 4756 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4757 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 4758 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 4759 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 4760 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 4761 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 4762 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 4763 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 4764 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 4765 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 4766 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 4767 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 4768 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 4769 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 4770 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 4771 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 4772 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 4773 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 4774 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 4775 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4776 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 4777 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4778 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 4779 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 4780 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 4781 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 4782 * in current regulatory domain. 4783 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4784 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 4785 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4786 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 4787 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4788 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 4789 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4790 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 4791 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4792 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 4793 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4794 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel 4795 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible 4796 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel 4797 * in current regulatory domain. 4798 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that 4799 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain. 4800 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is 4801 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control 4802 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 4803 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 4804 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP 4805 * not allowed using this channel 4806 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP 4807 * not allowed using this channel 4808 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor 4809 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is 4810 * otherwise completely disabled. 4811 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a 4812 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR. 4813 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in 4814 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR. 4815 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4816 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4817 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4818 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4819 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this 4820 * channel in current regulatory domain. 4821 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use 4822 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing 4823 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels. 4824 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel 4825 * in current regulatory domain. 4826 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME: Channel Availability Check (CAC) 4827 * start time (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds). Only present when CAC is 4828 * currently in progress on this channel. 4829 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4830 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 4831 * currently defined 4832 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4833 * 4834 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 4835 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 4836 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 4837 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 4838 */ 4839 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 4840 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 4841 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 4842 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 4843 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 4844 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 4845 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 4846 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 4847 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 4848 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 4849 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 4850 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 4851 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 4852 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 4853 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4854 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 4855 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 4856 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 4857 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 4858 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 4859 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 4860 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 4861 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 4862 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 4863 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 4864 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 4865 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 4866 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ, 4867 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT, 4868 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD, 4869 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT, 4870 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT, 4871 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT, 4872 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR, 4873 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP, 4874 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY, 4875 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ, 4876 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ, 4877 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ, 4878 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY, 4879 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR, 4880 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME, 4881 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD, 4882 4883 /* keep last */ 4884 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4885 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4886 }; 4887 4888 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 4889 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4890 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4891 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 4892 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 4893 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4894 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \ 4895 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 4896 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \ 4897 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 4898 4899 /** 4900 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 4901 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4902 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 4903 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 4904 * in 2.4 GHz band. 4905 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 4906 * currently defined 4907 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4908 */ 4909 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 4910 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 4911 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 4912 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 4913 4914 /* keep last */ 4915 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4916 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4917 }; 4918 4919 /** 4920 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 4921 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 4922 * regulatory domain. 4923 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4924 * regulatory domain. 4925 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4926 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4927 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4928 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4929 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4930 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4931 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4932 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4933 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4934 */ 4935 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4936 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4937 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4938 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4939 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4940 }; 4941 4942 /** 4943 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4944 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4945 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4946 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4947 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4948 * domain. 4949 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4950 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4951 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4952 * them to be applied. 4953 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4954 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4955 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4956 * domain request to be processed. 4957 */ 4958 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4959 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4960 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4961 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4962 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4963 }; 4964 4965 /** 4966 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4967 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4968 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4969 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4970 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4971 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4972 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4973 * band edge. 4974 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4975 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4976 * band edge. 4977 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4978 * frequency range, in KHz. 4979 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4980 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4981 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4982 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4983 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4984 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4985 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4986 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm). 4987 * This could be negative. 4988 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4989 * currently defined 4990 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4991 */ 4992 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4993 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4994 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4995 4996 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4997 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4998 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4999 5000 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 5001 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 5002 5003 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 5004 5005 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD, 5006 5007 /* keep last */ 5008 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5009 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5010 }; 5011 5012 /** 5013 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 5014 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5015 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 5016 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 5017 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 5018 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 5019 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 5020 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 5021 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 5022 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 5023 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 5024 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 5025 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 5026 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 5027 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 5028 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 5029 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5030 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5031 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5032 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5033 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 5034 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 5035 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete 5036 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 5037 * attribute number currently defined 5038 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5039 */ 5040 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 5041 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 5042 5043 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 5044 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 5045 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5046 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5047 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 5048 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */ 5049 5050 /* keep last */ 5051 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5052 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 5053 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5054 }; 5055 5056 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5057 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 5058 5059 /** 5060 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 5061 * 5062 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 5063 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 5064 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 5065 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 5066 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 5067 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 5068 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 5069 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 5070 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 5071 * beaconing. 5072 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR 5073 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 5074 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 5075 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 5076 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 5077 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 5078 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 5079 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 5080 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 5081 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 5082 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed 5083 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed 5084 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value 5085 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for 5086 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master 5087 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3). 5088 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only. 5089 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed 5090 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed 5091 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted 5092 * despite NO_IR configuration. 5093 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth, 5094 * despite NO_IR configuration. 5095 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed 5096 */ 5097 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 5098 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0, 5099 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1, 5100 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2, 5101 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3, 5102 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4, 5103 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5, 5104 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6, 5105 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7, 5106 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8, 5107 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11, 5108 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12, 5109 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13, 5110 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14, 5111 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15, 5112 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16, 5113 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17, 5114 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18, 5115 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19, 5116 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20, 5117 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21, 5118 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22, 5119 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23, 5120 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24, 5121 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25, 5122 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26, 5123 }; 5124 5125 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5126 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5127 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 5128 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 5129 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 5130 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 5131 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT 5132 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT 5133 5134 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 5135 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 5136 5137 /** 5138 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 5139 * 5140 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 5141 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 5142 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 5143 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 5144 */ 5145 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 5146 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 5147 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 5148 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 5149 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 5150 }; 5151 5152 /** 5153 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 5154 * 5155 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 5156 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 5157 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 5158 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 5159 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 5160 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 5161 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 5162 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 5163 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 5164 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 5165 * supported feature. 5166 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 5167 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 5168 */ 5169 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 5170 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 5171 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 5172 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 5173 }; 5174 5175 /** 5176 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 5177 * 5178 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 5179 * when getting information about a survey. 5180 * 5181 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5182 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 5183 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 5184 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 5185 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 5186 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 5187 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 5188 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 5189 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 5190 * channel was sensed busy 5191 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5192 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 5193 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 5194 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 5195 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 5196 * (on this channel or globally) 5197 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5198 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 5199 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 5200 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 5201 * currently defined 5202 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 5203 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5204 */ 5205 enum nl80211_survey_info { 5206 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 5207 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 5208 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 5209 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 5210 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 5211 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 5212 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 5213 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 5214 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 5215 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 5216 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 5217 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 5218 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5219 5220 /* keep last */ 5221 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 5222 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 5223 }; 5224 5225 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 5226 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 5227 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 5228 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 5229 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 5230 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 5231 5232 /** 5233 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 5234 * 5235 * Monitor configuration flags. 5236 * 5237 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 5238 * 5239 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 5240 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 5241 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 5242 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 5243 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated 5244 * will unconditionally be refused 5245 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 5246 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 5247 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets 5248 * 5249 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5250 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 5251 */ 5252 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 5253 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 5254 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 5255 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 5256 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 5257 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 5258 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 5259 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 5260 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX, 5261 5262 /* keep last */ 5263 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 5264 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 5265 }; 5266 5267 /** 5268 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 5269 * 5270 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 5271 * not known or has not been set yet. 5272 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 5273 * in Awake state all the time. 5274 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5275 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 5276 * neighbor's beacons. 5277 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 5278 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 5279 * for neighbor's beacons. 5280 * 5281 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5282 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level 5283 */ 5284 5285 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 5286 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 5287 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 5288 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 5289 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 5290 5291 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 5292 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 5293 }; 5294 5295 /** 5296 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 5297 * 5298 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 5299 * active. 5300 * 5301 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 5302 * 5303 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 5304 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 5305 * 5306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 5307 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 5308 * 5309 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 5310 * millisecond units 5311 * 5312 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 5313 * on this mesh interface 5314 * 5315 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 5316 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 5317 * mesh 5318 * 5319 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 5320 * point. 5321 * 5322 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 5323 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 5324 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 5325 * set. 5326 * 5327 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 5328 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 5329 * target) 5330 * 5331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 5332 * (in milliseconds) 5333 * 5334 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 5335 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 5336 * 5337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 5338 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 5339 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 5340 * 5341 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5342 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 5343 * reference element 5344 * 5345 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 5346 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 5347 * mesh 5348 * 5349 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 5350 * 5351 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 5352 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 5353 * 5354 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5355 * root announcements are transmitted. 5356 * 5357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 5358 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 5359 * Announcement frames. 5360 * 5361 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 5362 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 5363 * PERR element. 5364 * 5365 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 5366 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 5367 * 5368 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 5369 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 5370 * a peer link. 5371 * 5372 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 5373 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 5374 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 5375 * 5376 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 5377 * 5378 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 5379 * 5380 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 5381 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 5382 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 5383 * 5384 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 5385 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 5386 * 5387 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 5388 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 5389 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 5390 * 5391 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 5392 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 5393 * 5394 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 5395 * 5396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 5397 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 5398 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 5399 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 5400 * 5401 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 5402 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 5403 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 5404 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 5405 * 5406 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 5407 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 5408 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 5409 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 5410 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 5411 * 5412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 5413 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 5414 * in the mesh formation field. 5415 * 5416 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5417 */ 5418 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 5419 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 5420 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 5421 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 5422 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 5423 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 5424 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 5425 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 5426 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 5427 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 5428 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 5429 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 5430 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 5431 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 5432 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 5433 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 5434 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 5435 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 5436 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 5437 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 5438 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 5439 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 5440 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 5441 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 5442 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 5443 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 5444 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 5445 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 5446 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 5447 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 5448 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 5449 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 5450 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 5451 5452 /* keep last */ 5453 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5454 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5455 }; 5456 5457 /** 5458 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 5459 * 5460 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 5461 * changed while the mesh is active. 5462 * 5463 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 5464 * 5465 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 5466 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 5467 * default HWMP. 5468 * 5469 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 5470 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 5471 * metric. 5472 * 5473 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 5474 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 5475 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 5476 * metrics in use. 5477 * 5478 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 5479 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 5480 * 5481 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 5482 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 5483 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 5484 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 5485 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 5486 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 5487 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 5488 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 5489 * userspace daemon. 5490 * 5491 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 5492 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 5493 * neighbor offset synchronization 5494 * 5495 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 5496 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 5497 * 5498 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 5499 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 5500 * Default is no authentication method required. 5501 * 5502 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 5503 * 5504 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 5505 */ 5506 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 5507 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 5508 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 5509 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 5510 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 5511 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 5512 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 5513 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 5514 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 5515 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 5516 5517 /* keep last */ 5518 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5519 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5520 }; 5521 5522 /** 5523 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 5524 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 5525 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 5526 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 5527 * disabled 5528 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 5529 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5530 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 5531 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 5532 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 5533 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 5534 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 5535 */ 5536 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 5537 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 5538 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 5539 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 5540 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 5541 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 5542 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 5543 5544 /* keep last */ 5545 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5546 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5547 }; 5548 5549 enum nl80211_ac { 5550 NL80211_AC_VO, 5551 NL80211_AC_VI, 5552 NL80211_AC_BE, 5553 NL80211_AC_BK, 5554 NL80211_NUM_ACS 5555 }; 5556 5557 /* backward compat */ 5558 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 5559 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 5560 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 5561 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 5562 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 5563 5564 /** 5565 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 5566 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5567 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 5568 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5569 * below the control channel 5570 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 5571 * above the control channel 5572 */ 5573 enum nl80211_channel_type { 5574 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 5575 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 5576 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 5577 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 5578 }; 5579 5580 /** 5581 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 5582 * 5583 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 5584 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 5585 * 5586 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 5587 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 5588 * 5589 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 5590 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 5591 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 5592 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 5593 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 5594 */ 5595 enum nl80211_key_mode { 5596 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 5597 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 5598 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 5599 }; 5600 5601 /** 5602 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 5603 * 5604 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 5605 * attribute. 5606 * 5607 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 5608 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 5609 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5610 * attribute must be provided as well 5611 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5612 * attribute must be provided as well 5613 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5614 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 5615 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5616 * attribute must be provided as well 5617 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 5618 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 5619 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 5620 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 5621 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 5622 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 5623 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 5624 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 5625 * attribute must be provided as well 5626 */ 5627 enum nl80211_chan_width { 5628 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 5629 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5630 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 5631 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 5632 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 5633 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 5634 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5635 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5636 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5637 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5638 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 5639 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 5640 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 5641 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320, 5642 }; 5643 5644 /** 5645 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 5646 * 5647 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 5648 * 5649 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 5650 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 5651 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 5652 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 5653 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 5654 */ 5655 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 5656 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5657 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 5658 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 5659 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 5660 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 5661 }; 5662 5663 /** 5664 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use 5665 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection", 5666 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type. 5667 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an 5668 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including 5669 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must 5670 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set. 5671 */ 5672 enum nl80211_bss_use_for { 5673 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0, 5674 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1, 5675 }; 5676 5677 /** 5678 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a 5679 * BSS isn't possible 5680 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't 5681 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one. 5682 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting 5683 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses. 5684 */ 5685 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons { 5686 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0, 5687 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1, 5688 }; 5689 5690 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \ 5691 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH 5692 5693 /** 5694 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 5695 * 5696 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 5697 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 5698 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 5699 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 5700 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 5701 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 5702 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 5703 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 5704 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 5705 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 5706 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 5707 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 5708 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 5709 * they are from a Beacon frame. 5710 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 5711 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 5712 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 5713 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 5714 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 5715 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 5716 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 5717 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 5718 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 5719 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 5720 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 5721 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 5722 * yet been received 5723 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 5724 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used! 5725 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 5726 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 5727 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 5728 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 5729 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 5730 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 5731 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 5732 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 5733 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 5734 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 5735 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 5736 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 5737 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 5738 * is set. 5739 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 5740 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 5741 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 5742 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 5743 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8). 5744 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it. 5745 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be 5746 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for. 5747 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot 5748 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it, 5749 * even though its presence was detected. 5750 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from 5751 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing 5752 * if no reasons are specified. 5753 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 5754 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 5755 */ 5756 enum nl80211_bss { 5757 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 5758 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 5759 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 5760 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 5761 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 5762 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 5763 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 5764 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 5765 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 5766 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 5767 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 5768 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 5769 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 5770 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 5771 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 5772 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 5773 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 5774 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5775 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 5776 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 5777 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 5778 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID, 5779 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR, 5780 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR, 5781 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS, 5782 5783 /* keep last */ 5784 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 5785 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5786 }; 5787 5788 /** 5789 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 5790 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 5791 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 5792 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 5793 * a given BSS. 5794 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 5795 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 5796 * 5797 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 5798 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 5799 */ 5800 enum nl80211_bss_status { 5801 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 5802 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 5803 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 5804 }; 5805 5806 /** 5807 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 5808 * 5809 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 5810 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 5811 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 5812 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 5813 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 5814 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 5815 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 5816 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 5817 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange 5818 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X: IEEE 802.1X authentication utilizing 5819 * Authentication frames 5820 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 5821 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 5822 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 5823 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 5824 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 5825 */ 5826 enum nl80211_auth_type { 5827 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 5828 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 5829 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 5830 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 5831 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 5832 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 5833 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 5834 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 5835 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE, 5836 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X, 5837 5838 /* keep last */ 5839 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 5840 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 5841 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 5842 }; 5843 5844 /** 5845 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 5846 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 5847 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 5848 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 5849 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_CIGTK: Control Integrity Group Temporal Key 5850 * The cipher is GMAC-256 but passed as GCMP-256, 5851 * same as the pairwise key when used for CIP. 5852 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 5853 */ 5854 enum nl80211_key_type { 5855 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 5856 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 5857 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 5858 NL80211_KEYTYPE_CIGTK, 5859 5860 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 5861 }; 5862 5863 /** 5864 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 5865 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 5866 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 5867 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 5868 */ 5869 enum nl80211_mfp { 5870 NL80211_MFP_NO, 5871 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 5872 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5873 }; 5874 5875 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 5876 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 5877 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 5878 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 5879 }; 5880 5881 /** 5882 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 5883 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 5884 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 5885 * unicast key 5886 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 5887 * multicast key 5888 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 5889 */ 5890 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 5891 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 5892 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 5893 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 5894 5895 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 5896 }; 5897 5898 /** 5899 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 5900 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 5901 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 5902 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 5903 * keys 5904 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 5905 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 5906 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 5907 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 5908 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 5909 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 5910 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 5911 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 5912 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 5913 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 5914 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 5915 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 5916 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 5917 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 5918 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 5919 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 5920 * @NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED: LTF key seed is used by the driver to generate 5921 * secure LTF keys used in case of peer measurement request with FTM 5922 * request type as either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 5923 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED. Secure LTF key seeds 5924 * will help enable PHY security in peer measurement session. 5925 * The LTF key seed is installed along with the TK (Temporal Key) using 5926 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. The TK is configured using the 5927 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA attribute, while the LTF key seed is configured 5928 * using this attribute. Both keys must be configured before initiation 5929 * of peer measurement to ensure peer measurement session is secure. 5930 * Only valid if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED is set. This 5931 * attribute is restricted to pairwise keys (%NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE). 5932 * 5933 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 5934 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 5935 */ 5936 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 5937 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 5938 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 5939 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 5940 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 5941 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 5942 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 5943 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 5944 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 5945 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 5946 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 5947 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 5948 NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED, 5949 5950 /* keep last */ 5951 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 5952 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 5953 }; 5954 5955 /** 5956 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 5957 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 5958 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5959 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 5960 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 5961 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 5962 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 5963 * in an array of MCS numbers. 5964 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5965 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 5966 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 5967 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5968 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 5969 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 5970 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 5971 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 5972 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht 5973 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 5974 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf) 5975 * @NL80211_TXRATE_6GHZ_NON_HT_DUP: configure 6 GHz non-HT duplicate Beacon 5976 * transmission. This flag is applicable only in Beacon TX rate setting 5977 * and must be accompanied by a non-HT (legacy) Beacon rate. 5978 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 5979 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 5980 */ 5981 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 5982 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 5983 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 5984 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 5985 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 5986 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 5987 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 5988 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 5989 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 5990 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT, 5991 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI, 5992 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF, 5993 NL80211_TXRATE_6GHZ_NON_HT_DUP, 5994 5995 /* keep last */ 5996 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 5997 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 5998 }; 5999 6000 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 6001 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 6002 6003 /** 6004 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 6005 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 6006 */ 6007 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 6008 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 6009 }; 6010 6011 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 6012 /** 6013 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 6014 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 6015 */ 6016 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 6017 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 6018 }; 6019 6020 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 6021 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 6022 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 6023 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 6024 }; 6025 6026 #define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16 6027 /** 6028 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 6029 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 6030 */ 6031 struct nl80211_txrate_eht { 6032 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 6033 }; 6034 6035 /** 6036 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 6037 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 6038 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 6039 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 6040 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 6041 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 6042 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 6043 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 6044 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 6045 */ 6046 enum nl80211_band { 6047 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 6048 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 6049 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 6050 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 6051 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 6052 NL80211_BAND_LC, 6053 6054 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 6055 }; 6056 6057 /** 6058 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 6059 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 6060 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 6061 */ 6062 enum nl80211_ps_state { 6063 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 6064 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 6065 }; 6066 6067 /** 6068 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 6069 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 6070 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 6071 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 6072 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 6073 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 6074 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 6075 * crosses any of the thresholds. 6076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 6077 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 6078 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 6079 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 6080 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 6081 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 6082 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 6083 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 6084 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 6085 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 6086 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 6087 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 6088 * checked. 6089 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 6090 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 6091 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 6092 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 6093 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 6094 * loss event 6095 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 6096 * RSSI threshold event. 6097 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 6098 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 6099 */ 6100 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 6101 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 6102 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 6103 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 6104 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 6105 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 6106 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 6107 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 6108 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 6109 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 6110 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 6111 6112 /* keep last */ 6113 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 6114 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 6115 }; 6116 6117 /** 6118 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 6119 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 6120 * configured threshold 6121 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 6122 * configured threshold 6123 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 6124 */ 6125 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 6126 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 6127 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 6128 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 6129 }; 6130 6131 6132 /** 6133 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 6134 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 6135 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 6136 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 6137 */ 6138 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 6139 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 6140 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 6141 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 6142 }; 6143 6144 /** 6145 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 6146 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 6147 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 6148 */ 6149 enum nl80211_tid_config { 6150 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 6151 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 6152 }; 6153 6154 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 6155 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 6156 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 6157 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 6158 */ 6159 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 6160 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 6161 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 6162 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 6163 }; 6164 6165 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 6166 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 6167 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 6168 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 6169 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 6170 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 6171 * per peer instead. 6172 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 6173 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 6174 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 6175 * should be left untouched. 6176 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 6177 * Its type is u16. 6178 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 6179 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 6180 * Its type is u8. 6181 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 6182 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6183 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 6184 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6185 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6186 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 6187 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 6188 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 6189 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 6190 * output in wiphy capabilities. 6191 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 6192 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6193 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6194 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 6195 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 6196 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6197 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 6198 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 6199 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 6200 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 6201 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 6202 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 6203 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 6204 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 6205 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 6206 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 6207 * station. 6208 */ 6209 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 6210 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 6211 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 6212 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 6213 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 6214 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 6215 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 6216 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 6217 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 6218 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 6219 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 6220 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 6221 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 6222 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 6223 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6224 6225 /* keep last */ 6226 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6227 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6228 }; 6229 6230 /** 6231 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 6232 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6233 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 6234 * a zero bit are ignored 6235 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 6236 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 6237 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 6238 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 6239 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 6240 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 6241 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 6242 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 6243 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 6244 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 6245 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 6246 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 6247 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6248 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 6249 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 6250 */ 6251 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 6252 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 6253 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 6254 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 6255 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 6256 6257 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 6258 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 6259 }; 6260 6261 /** 6262 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 6263 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 6264 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 6265 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 6266 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 6267 * 6268 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 6269 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 6270 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 6271 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 6272 * by the kernel to userspace. 6273 */ 6274 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 6275 __u32 max_patterns; 6276 __u32 min_pattern_len; 6277 __u32 max_pattern_len; 6278 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 6279 } __attribute__((packed)); 6280 6281 /* only for backward compatibility */ 6282 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 6283 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6284 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 6285 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 6286 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 6287 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 6288 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 6289 6290 /** 6291 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 6292 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6293 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 6294 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 6295 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 6296 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 6297 * any others are even supported by the device. 6298 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 6299 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 6300 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 6301 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 6302 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 6303 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 6304 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 6305 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 6306 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 6307 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 6308 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 6309 * 6310 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 6311 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 6312 * 6313 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 6314 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 6315 * to the kernel when configuring. 6316 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 6317 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 6318 * by the device (flag) 6319 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 6320 * done by the device) (flag) 6321 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 6322 * packet (flag) 6323 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 6324 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 6325 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 6326 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 6327 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 6328 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 6329 * attribute contains the original length. 6330 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 6331 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 6332 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6333 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 6334 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 6335 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 6336 * contains the original length. 6337 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 6338 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 6339 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 6340 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 6341 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 6342 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 6343 * the TCP connection. 6344 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 6345 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 6346 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 6347 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 6348 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 6349 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 6350 * service 6351 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 6352 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 6353 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 6354 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 6355 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 6356 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 6357 * attribute is also sent in a response to 6358 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 6359 * supported by the driver (u32). 6360 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 6361 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 6362 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 6363 * that the information is not available. If more than one 6364 * element is present, it means that more than one match 6365 * occurred. 6366 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 6367 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 6368 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 6369 * these attributes must be present. If 6370 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 6371 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 6372 * channel. 6373 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only. 6374 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP. 6375 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 6376 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 6377 * 6378 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 6379 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 6380 */ 6381 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 6382 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 6383 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 6384 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 6385 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 6386 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 6387 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 6388 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 6389 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 6390 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 6391 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 6392 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 6393 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 6394 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 6395 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 6396 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 6397 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 6398 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 6399 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 6400 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 6401 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 6402 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC, 6403 6404 /* keep last */ 6405 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 6406 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 6407 }; 6408 6409 /** 6410 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 6411 * 6412 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 6413 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 6414 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 6415 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 6416 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 6417 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 6418 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 6419 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 6420 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 6421 * 6422 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 6423 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 6424 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 6425 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 6426 * also woken up. 6427 * 6428 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 6429 * response packets might not go through correctly. 6430 */ 6431 6432 /** 6433 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 6434 * @start: starting value 6435 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 6436 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 6437 * 6438 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 6439 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 6440 * in little endian. 6441 */ 6442 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 6443 __u32 start, offset, len; 6444 }; 6445 6446 /** 6447 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 6448 * @offset: offset of token in packet 6449 * @len: length of each token 6450 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 6451 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 6452 */ 6453 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 6454 __u32 offset, len; 6455 __u8 token_stream[]; 6456 }; 6457 6458 /** 6459 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 6460 * @min_len: minimum token length 6461 * @max_len: maximum token length 6462 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 6463 */ 6464 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 6465 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 6466 }; 6467 6468 /** 6469 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 6470 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6471 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 6472 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 6473 * (in network byte order) 6474 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 6475 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 6476 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 6477 * might require ARP querying. 6478 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 6479 * socket and port will be allocated 6480 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 6481 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 6482 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6483 * of the data payload. 6484 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 6485 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 6486 * advertising it is just a flag 6487 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 6488 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 6489 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 6490 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 6491 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 6492 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 6493 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 6494 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 6495 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 6496 * but on the TCP payload only. 6497 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 6498 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 6499 */ 6500 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 6501 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 6502 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 6503 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 6504 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 6505 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 6506 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 6507 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 6508 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 6509 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 6510 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 6511 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 6512 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 6513 6514 /* keep last */ 6515 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 6516 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 6517 }; 6518 6519 /** 6520 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 6521 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 6522 * @pat: packet pattern support information 6523 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 6524 * 6525 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 6526 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 6527 */ 6528 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 6529 __u32 max_rules; 6530 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 6531 __u32 max_delay; 6532 } __attribute__((packed)); 6533 6534 /** 6535 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 6536 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6537 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 6538 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 6539 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 6540 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 6541 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 6542 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 6543 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 6544 */ 6545 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 6546 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 6547 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 6548 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 6549 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 6550 6551 /* keep last */ 6552 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 6553 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 6554 }; 6555 6556 /** 6557 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 6558 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6559 * in a rule are matched. 6560 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 6561 * in a rule are not matched. 6562 */ 6563 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 6564 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 6565 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 6566 }; 6567 6568 /** 6569 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 6570 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6571 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 6572 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 6573 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 6574 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 6575 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 6576 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 6577 */ 6578 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 6579 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 6580 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 6581 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 6582 6583 /* keep last */ 6584 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 6585 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 6586 }; 6587 6588 /** 6589 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 6590 * 6591 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 6592 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 6593 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 6594 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 6595 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 6596 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 6597 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 6598 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 6599 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 6600 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 6601 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 6602 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 6603 * different channels may be used within this group. 6604 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6605 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 6606 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 6607 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 6608 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 6609 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 6610 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 6611 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 6612 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 6613 * 6614 * Examples: 6615 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 6616 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 6617 * 6618 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 6619 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 6620 * 6621 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 6622 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 6623 * 6624 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 6625 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 6626 * 6627 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 6628 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 6629 * that any of these groups must match. 6630 * 6631 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 6632 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 6633 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 6634 * interface type, the following group always exists: 6635 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 6636 */ 6637 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 6638 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 6639 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 6640 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 6641 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 6642 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 6643 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 6644 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 6645 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 6646 6647 /* keep last */ 6648 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 6649 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 6650 }; 6651 6652 6653 /** 6654 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 6655 * 6656 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 6657 * state of non-existent mesh peer links 6658 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 6659 * this mesh peer 6660 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 6661 * from this mesh peer 6662 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 6663 * received from this mesh peer 6664 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 6665 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 6666 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 6667 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 6668 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 6669 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 6670 */ 6671 enum nl80211_plink_state { 6672 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 6673 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 6674 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 6675 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 6676 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 6677 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 6678 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 6679 6680 /* keep last */ 6681 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 6682 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 6683 }; 6684 6685 /** 6686 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 6687 * 6688 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 6689 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 6690 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 6691 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 6692 */ 6693 enum nl80211_plink_action { 6694 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 6695 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 6696 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 6697 6698 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 6699 }; 6700 6701 6702 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 6703 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 6704 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 6705 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 6706 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32 6707 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 6708 6709 /** 6710 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 6711 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6712 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 6713 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 6714 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 6715 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 6716 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 6717 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 6718 */ 6719 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 6720 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 6721 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 6722 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 6723 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 6724 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 6725 6726 /* keep last */ 6727 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 6728 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 6729 }; 6730 6731 /** 6732 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 6733 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 6734 * Beacon frames) 6735 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 6736 * in Beacon frames 6737 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 6738 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 6739 */ 6740 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 6741 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 6742 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 6743 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 6744 }; 6745 6746 /** 6747 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 6748 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 6749 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 6750 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 6751 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 6752 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 6753 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 6754 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 6755 */ 6756 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 6757 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 6758 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 6759 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 6760 6761 /* keep last */ 6762 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 6763 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 6764 }; 6765 6766 /** 6767 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 6768 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 6769 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 6770 * priority) 6771 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 6772 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 6773 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 6774 * (internal) 6775 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 6776 * (internal) 6777 */ 6778 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 6779 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 6780 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 6781 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 6782 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 6783 6784 /* keep last */ 6785 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 6786 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 6787 }; 6788 6789 /** 6790 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 6791 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 6792 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 6793 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 6794 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 6795 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 6796 */ 6797 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 6798 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 6799 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 6800 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 6801 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 6802 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 6803 }; 6804 6805 /** 6806 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 6807 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 6808 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 6809 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 6810 */ 6811 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 6812 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 6813 }; 6814 6815 /** 6816 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 6817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 6818 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 6819 * socket option. 6820 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 6821 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 6822 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 6823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 6824 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from 6825 * cellular base stations. 6826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 6827 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 6828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 6829 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 6830 * mode 6831 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 6832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 6833 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 6834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 6835 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 6836 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 6837 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 6838 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 6839 * setting 6840 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 6841 * powersave 6842 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 6843 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 6844 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 6845 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 6846 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 6847 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 6848 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 6849 * states using station flags. 6850 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 6851 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 6852 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 6853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 6854 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 6855 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 6856 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 6857 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 6858 * still generated by the driver. 6859 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 6860 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 6861 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 6862 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 6863 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 6864 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 6865 * lifetime of a BSS. 6866 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 6867 * Set IE to probe requests. 6868 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 6869 * to probe requests. 6870 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 6871 * requests sent to it by an AP. 6872 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 6873 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 6874 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 6875 * Measurement Report action frame. 6876 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 6877 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 6878 * to enable dynack. 6879 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 6880 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6881 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 6882 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 6883 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 6884 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 6885 * rts/cts handshake. 6886 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 6887 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 6888 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 6889 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 6890 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 6891 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 6892 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 6893 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 6894 * operating as a TDLS peer. 6895 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6896 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 6897 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 6898 * address mask/value will be used. 6899 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 6900 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 6901 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6902 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6903 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 6904 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 6905 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 6906 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 6907 */ 6908 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 6909 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 6910 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 6911 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 6912 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 6913 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 6914 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 6915 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 6916 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 6917 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 6918 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 6919 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 6920 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 6921 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 6922 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 6923 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 6924 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 6925 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 6926 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 6927 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 6928 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 6929 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 6930 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 6931 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 6932 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 6933 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 6934 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 6935 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 6936 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 6937 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 6938 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 6939 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 6940 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 6941 }; 6942 6943 /** 6944 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 6945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 6946 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 6947 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 6948 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 6949 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 6950 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised. 6951 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 6952 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 6953 * certain groups which can be configured by the 6954 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 6955 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 6956 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 6957 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 6958 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 6959 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 6960 * (if available). 6961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 6962 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the 6963 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is 6964 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF 6965 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if 6966 * specified). 6967 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 6968 * channel dwell time. 6969 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 6970 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate. 6971 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 6972 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 6973 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 6974 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 6975 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 6976 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 6977 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 6978 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 6979 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 6980 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 6981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 6982 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 6983 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 6984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 6985 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 6986 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 6987 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 6988 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 6989 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6990 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 6991 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 6992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 6993 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 6994 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 6995 * be supported. 6996 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 6997 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 6998 * actual dwell time. 6999 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 7000 * response 7001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 7002 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 7003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 7004 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 7005 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 7006 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 7007 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 7008 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 7009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 7010 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 7011 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 7012 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 7013 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 7014 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 7015 * "radar detected" event. 7016 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 7017 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 7018 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 7019 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 7020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID 7021 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 7022 * TXQs. 7023 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 7024 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 7025 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 7026 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 7027 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 7028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 7029 * timing measurement responder role. 7030 * 7031 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 7032 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 7033 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 7034 * freeze the connection. 7035 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 7036 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 7037 * 7038 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 7039 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 7040 * scheduling. 7041 * 7042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 7043 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 7044 * 7045 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete 7046 * 7047 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 7048 * to a station. 7049 * 7050 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 7051 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 7052 * 7053 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 7054 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 7055 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 7056 * 7057 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 7058 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 7059 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 7060 * 7061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 7062 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 7063 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 7064 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 7065 * 7066 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 7067 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 7068 * handled as ordinary data frames. 7069 * 7070 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 7071 * 7072 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 7073 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 7074 * 7075 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 7076 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 7077 * 7078 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 7079 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 7080 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 7081 * included in the scan request. 7082 * 7083 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 7084 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 7085 * 7086 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 7087 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 7088 * 7089 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 7090 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 7091 * command). 7092 * 7093 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 7094 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 7095 * 7096 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 7097 * frames transmission 7098 * 7099 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 7100 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 7101 * 7102 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 7103 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 7104 * 7105 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 7106 * exchange protocol. 7107 * 7108 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 7109 * exchange protocol. 7110 * 7111 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 7112 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 7113 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 7114 * 7115 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 7116 * detection and change announcemnts. 7117 * 7118 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 7119 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 7120 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 7121 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 7122 * 7123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 7124 * detection. 7125 * 7126 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address 7127 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down 7128 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the 7129 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy 7130 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions 7131 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations 7132 * in progress, and no active connections. 7133 * 7134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode. 7135 * 7136 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables 7137 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity. 7138 * 7139 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA 7140 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer 7141 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 7142 * 7143 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7144 * handling in station mode. 7145 * 7146 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE 7147 * handling in AP mode. 7148 * 7149 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or 7150 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent 7151 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01 7152 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to 7153 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection. 7154 * 7155 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP 7156 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised 7157 * in the RSNXE. 7158 * 7159 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate 7160 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates. 7161 * 7162 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection 7163 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) 7164 * in non-AP STA mode. 7165 * 7166 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the 7167 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response 7168 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in 7169 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6". 7170 * 7171 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH: Driver supports IEEE 802.1X 7172 * authentication utilizing Authentication frames with user space SME 7173 * (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in non-AP STA mode, as specified in 7174 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, 12.16.5". 7175 * 7176 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER: Driver supports MAC address 7177 * filtering during remain-on-channel. When %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is 7178 * provided with %NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, the driver will 7179 * forward frames with a matching MAC address to userspace during 7180 * the off-channel period. 7181 * 7182 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED: Driver supports installing the 7183 * LTF key seed via %NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED. The seed is used to generate 7184 * secure LTF keys for secure LTF measurement sessions. 7185 * 7186 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP: Driver supports probing the associated AP 7187 * in STA mode using @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_PEER. 7188 * 7189 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FAST_ROAM_OFFLOAD: Driver supports fast roaming 7190 * offload in station mode, including Fast Transition or Opportunistic 7191 * Key Caching. 7192 * 7193 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UPDATE_BEACON: Driver supports 7194 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_BEACON. 7195 * 7196 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 7197 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 7198 */ 7199 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 7200 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 7201 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 7202 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 7203 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 7204 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 7205 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 7206 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 7207 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 7208 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 7209 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 7210 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 7211 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 7212 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 7213 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 7214 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 7215 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 7216 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 7217 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 7218 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7219 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 7220 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 7221 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 7222 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 7223 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 7224 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 7225 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 7226 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 7227 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7228 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 7229 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 7230 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 7231 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 7232 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 7233 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 7234 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 7235 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 7236 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 7237 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */ 7238 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 7239 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 7240 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 7241 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 7242 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 7243 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 7244 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 7245 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 7246 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 7247 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 7248 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 7249 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 7250 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 7251 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 7252 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 7253 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7254 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 7255 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 7256 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 7257 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 7258 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 7259 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 7260 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 7261 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 7262 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 7263 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE, 7264 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT, 7265 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN, 7266 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA, 7267 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD, 7268 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP, 7269 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT, 7270 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT, 7271 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT, 7272 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE, 7273 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION, 7274 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH, 7275 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER, 7276 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED, 7277 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROBE_AP, 7278 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FAST_ROAM_OFFLOAD, 7279 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UPDATE_BEACON, 7280 7281 /* add new features before the definition below */ 7282 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 7283 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 7284 }; 7285 7286 /** 7287 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 7288 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 7289 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 7290 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 7291 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 7292 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 7293 * to the host. 7294 * 7295 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 7296 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 7297 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 7298 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 7299 */ 7300 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 7301 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 7302 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 7303 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 7304 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 7305 }; 7306 7307 /** 7308 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 7309 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 7310 * handled by the AP is reached. 7311 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 7312 */ 7313 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 7314 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 7315 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 7316 }; 7317 7318 /** 7319 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 7320 * 7321 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 7322 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 7323 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 7324 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 7325 */ 7326 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 7327 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 7328 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 7329 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 7330 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 7331 }; 7332 7333 /** 7334 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 7335 * 7336 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 7337 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 7338 * requests. 7339 * 7340 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 7341 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 7342 * one of them can be used in the request. 7343 * 7344 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 7345 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 7346 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 7347 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 7348 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 7349 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 7350 * when really needed 7351 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 7352 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 7353 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 7354 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 7355 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 7356 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 7357 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 7358 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 7359 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 7360 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 7361 * request parameters IE in the probe request 7362 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 7363 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 7364 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 7365 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 7366 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 7367 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 7368 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 7369 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 7370 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 7371 * SSID and/or RSSI. 7372 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 7373 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 7374 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 7375 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 7376 * impacted with this flag. 7377 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 7378 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 7379 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 7380 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 7381 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 7382 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 7383 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 7384 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 7385 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 7386 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 7387 * possible. 7388 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 7389 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 7390 * added by userspace explicitly.) 7391 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 7392 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 7393 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 7394 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by 7395 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the 7396 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses 7397 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz 7398 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set, 7399 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of 7400 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that 7401 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag 7402 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be 7403 * scanned if the user space has asked for it. 7404 */ 7405 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 7406 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 7407 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 7408 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 7409 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 7410 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 7411 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 7412 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 7413 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 7414 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 7415 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 7416 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 7417 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 7418 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 7419 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 7420 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 7421 }; 7422 7423 /** 7424 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 7425 * 7426 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 7427 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 7428 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 7429 * 7430 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 7431 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 7432 * in ACL to authenticate. 7433 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 7434 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 7435 */ 7436 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 7437 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 7438 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 7439 }; 7440 7441 /** 7442 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 7443 * 7444 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 7445 * 7446 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 7447 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 7448 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 7449 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 7450 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal 7451 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration 7452 */ 7453 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 7454 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 7455 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 7456 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 7457 7458 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 7459 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 7460 }; 7461 7462 /** 7463 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 7464 * 7465 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 7466 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 7467 * 7468 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 7469 * now unusable. 7470 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 7471 * the channel is now available. 7472 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 7473 * change to the channel status. 7474 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 7475 * over, channel becomes usable. 7476 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 7477 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 7478 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 7479 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 7480 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 7481 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 7482 */ 7483 enum nl80211_radar_event { 7484 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 7485 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 7486 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 7487 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 7488 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 7489 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 7490 }; 7491 7492 /** 7493 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 7494 * 7495 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 7496 * 7497 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 7498 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 7499 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 7500 * is therefore marked as not available. 7501 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 7502 */ 7503 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 7504 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 7505 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 7506 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 7507 }; 7508 7509 /** 7510 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 7511 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 7512 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 7513 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 7514 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 7515 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 7516 */ 7517 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 7518 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 7519 }; 7520 7521 /** 7522 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 7523 * 7524 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 7525 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 7526 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 7527 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 7528 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 7529 */ 7530 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 7531 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 7532 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 7533 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 7534 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 7535 /* add other protocols before this one */ 7536 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 7537 }; 7538 7539 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 7540 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 7541 7542 /** 7543 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 7544 * 7545 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 7546 * 7547 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 7548 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 7549 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 7550 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 7551 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 7552 */ 7553 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 7554 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 7555 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 7556 }; 7557 7558 /* 7559 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 7560 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 7561 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 7562 */ 7563 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 7564 7565 /** 7566 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 7567 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 7568 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 7569 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 7570 * added to this file when needed. 7571 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 7572 */ 7573 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 7574 __u32 vendor_id; 7575 __u32 subcmd; 7576 }; 7577 7578 /** 7579 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 7580 * 7581 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 7582 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 7583 * 7584 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 7585 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 7586 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 7587 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 7588 */ 7589 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 7590 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 7591 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 7592 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 7593 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 7594 }; 7595 7596 /** 7597 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 7598 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7599 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 7600 * seconds (u32). 7601 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 7602 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 7603 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 7604 * make the scan plan meaningless. 7605 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 7606 * currently defined 7607 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7608 */ 7609 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 7610 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 7611 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 7612 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 7613 7614 /* keep last */ 7615 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 7616 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 7617 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 7618 }; 7619 7620 /** 7621 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 7622 * 7623 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 7624 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 7625 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 7626 */ 7627 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 7628 __u8 band; 7629 __s8 delta; 7630 } __attribute__((packed)); 7631 7632 /** 7633 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 7634 * 7635 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 7636 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 7637 * is requested. 7638 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 7639 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 7640 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 7641 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 7642 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 7643 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 7644 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 7645 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 7646 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 7647 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 7648 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 7649 * 7650 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 7651 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 7652 * which the driver shall use. 7653 */ 7654 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 7655 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 7656 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 7657 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 7658 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 7659 7660 /* keep last */ 7661 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 7662 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 7663 }; 7664 7665 /** 7666 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 7667 * 7668 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 7669 * 7670 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 7671 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 7672 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 7673 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use 7674 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use 7675 */ 7676 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 7677 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 7678 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 7679 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 7680 7681 /* keep last */ 7682 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 7683 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 7684 }; 7685 7686 /** 7687 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 7688 * 7689 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 7690 * 7691 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 7692 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 7693 */ 7694 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 7695 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 7696 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 7697 }; 7698 7699 /** 7700 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 7701 * 7702 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 7703 * 7704 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 7705 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 7706 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 7707 */ 7708 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 7709 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 7710 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 7711 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 7712 }; 7713 7714 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 7715 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 7716 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 7717 7718 /** 7719 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 7720 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 7721 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 7722 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 7723 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 7724 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 7725 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 7726 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 7727 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 7728 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 7729 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 7730 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 7731 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 7732 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 7733 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 7734 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 7735 * is follow up. This is a u8. 7736 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 7737 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 7738 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 7739 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 7740 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 7741 * This is a flag. 7742 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 7743 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 7744 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 7745 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 7746 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 7747 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 7748 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 7749 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7750 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 7751 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 7752 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 7753 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 7754 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 7755 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 7756 * 7757 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 7758 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 7759 */ 7760 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 7761 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 7762 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 7763 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 7764 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 7765 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 7766 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 7767 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 7768 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 7769 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 7770 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 7771 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 7772 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 7773 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 7774 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 7775 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 7776 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 7777 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 7778 7779 /* keep last */ 7780 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 7781 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 7782 }; 7783 7784 /** 7785 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 7786 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 7787 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 7788 * This is a flag. 7789 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 7790 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 7791 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 7792 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 7793 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 7794 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 7795 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 7796 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 7797 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 7798 */ 7799 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 7800 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 7801 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 7802 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 7803 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 7804 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 7805 7806 /* keep last */ 7807 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 7808 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 7809 }; 7810 7811 /** 7812 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 7813 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 7814 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 7815 * match. This is a nested attribute. 7816 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7817 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 7818 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 7819 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 7820 * 7821 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 7822 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 7823 */ 7824 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 7825 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 7826 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 7827 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 7828 7829 /* keep last */ 7830 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 7831 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 7832 }; 7833 7834 /** 7835 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes 7836 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid. 7837 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is 7838 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8). 7839 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not 7840 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional. 7841 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149). 7842 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44 7843 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16). 7844 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state 7845 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7846 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7847 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should 7848 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8). 7849 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state 7850 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN 7851 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification 7852 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be 7853 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE 7854 * (s8). 7855 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5). 7856 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the 7857 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up 7858 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of 7859 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on 7860 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1). 7861 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable 7862 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not 7863 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not 7864 * allowed. 7865 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7866 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute. 7867 * 7868 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note, 7869 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset). 7870 */ 7871 enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes { 7872 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID, 7873 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND, 7874 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ, 7875 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE, 7876 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE, 7877 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW, 7878 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN, 7879 7880 /* keep last */ 7881 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR, 7882 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7883 }; 7884 7885 /** 7886 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes 7887 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation. 7888 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC 7889 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 7890 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present, 7891 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen. 7892 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG 7893 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change. 7894 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be 7895 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7896 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will 7897 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array. 7898 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute, 7899 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band 7900 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes. 7901 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured, 7902 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning. 7903 * This is u16 (optional). 7904 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel. 7905 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default 7906 * value is used. This is u16 (optional) 7907 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval 7908 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default 7909 * value is used. This is u8 (optional) 7910 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about 7911 * the upcoming discovery window with 7912 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION. 7913 * This is a flag attribute. 7914 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_INSTANT_COMM: If set, the NAN synchronization logic will 7915 * start Instant Communication (IC) as defined in Chapter 13 of the 7916 * Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. 7917 * %NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL must be set as well. 7918 * This is a flag attribute. 7919 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal. 7920 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute. 7921 * 7922 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters. 7923 */ 7924 enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes { 7925 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID, 7926 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID, 7927 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS, 7928 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS, 7929 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS, 7930 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD, 7931 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME, 7932 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL, 7933 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW, 7934 NL80211_NAN_CONF_INSTANT_COMM, 7935 7936 /* keep last */ 7937 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR, 7938 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1, 7939 }; 7940 7941 /** 7942 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 7943 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 7944 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 7945 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 7946 */ 7947 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 7948 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 7949 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 7950 }; 7951 7952 /** 7953 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 7954 * responder attributes 7955 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7956 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 7957 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 7958 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 7959 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7960 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element 7961 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 7962 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 7963 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7964 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 7965 */ 7966 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 7967 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7968 7969 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 7970 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7971 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7972 7973 /* keep last */ 7974 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7975 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7976 }; 7977 7978 /* 7979 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 7980 * 7981 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 7982 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 7983 * 7984 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 7985 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 7986 * were ssfully answered (u32) 7987 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 7988 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 7989 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 7990 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 7991 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 7992 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 7993 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 7994 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 7995 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 7996 * phase with the responder (u32) 7997 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 7998 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 7999 * FTM slot (u32) 8000 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 8001 * scheduled window (u32) 8002 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 8003 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 8004 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 8005 */ 8006 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 8007 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 8008 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 8009 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 8010 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 8011 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 8012 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 8013 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 8014 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 8015 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 8016 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 8017 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 8018 8019 /* keep last */ 8020 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 8021 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 8022 }; 8023 8024 /** 8025 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 8026 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 8027 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 8028 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 8029 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 8030 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 8031 */ 8032 enum nl80211_preamble { 8033 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 8034 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 8035 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 8036 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 8037 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 8038 }; 8039 8040 /** 8041 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 8042 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 8043 * these numbers also for attributes 8044 * 8045 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 8046 * 8047 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 8048 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 8049 */ 8050 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 8051 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 8052 8053 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 8054 8055 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 8056 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 8057 }; 8058 8059 /** 8060 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 8061 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 8062 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 8063 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 8064 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 8065 * reason may be available in the response data 8066 */ 8067 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 8068 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 8069 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 8070 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 8071 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 8072 }; 8073 8074 /** 8075 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 8076 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8077 * 8078 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 8079 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 8080 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 8081 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 8082 * (flag attribute) 8083 * 8084 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 8085 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8086 */ 8087 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 8088 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8089 8090 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 8091 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 8092 8093 /* keep last */ 8094 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 8095 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 8096 }; 8097 8098 /** 8099 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 8100 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8101 * 8102 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 8103 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 8104 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 8105 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 8106 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 8107 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 8108 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 8109 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 8110 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 8111 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 8112 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 8113 * (u64, usec) 8114 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 8115 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 8116 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 8117 * result. 8118 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 8119 * 8120 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 8121 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8122 */ 8123 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 8124 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8125 8126 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 8127 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 8128 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 8129 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 8130 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 8131 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8132 8133 /* keep last */ 8134 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 8135 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 8136 }; 8137 8138 /** 8139 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type - FTM ranging request type, 8140 * used with %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE 8141 * 8142 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA: infrastructure ranging, i.e. STA-to-AP 8143 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD: peer-to-peer ranging as defined in the 8144 * Wi-Fi Alliance specification "Proximity Ranging (PR) Implementation 8145 * Consideration Draft 1.9 Rev 1" 8146 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE: internal 8147 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX: highest request type value 8148 */ 8149 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type { 8150 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA, 8151 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD, 8152 8153 /* keep last */ 8154 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE, 8155 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE - 1 8156 }; 8157 8158 /** 8159 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 8160 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8161 * 8162 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 8163 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 8164 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 8165 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 8166 * measurement type, with attributes from the 8167 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 8168 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 8169 * measurement type, with attributes from the 8170 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 8171 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE: u32 attribute specifying the ranging 8172 * request type, using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type. 8173 * If absent, defaults to %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA. 8174 * 8175 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 8176 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8177 */ 8178 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 8179 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 8180 8181 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 8182 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 8183 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 8184 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 8185 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE, 8186 8187 /* keep last */ 8188 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 8189 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 8190 }; 8191 8192 /** 8193 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 8194 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8195 * 8196 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 8197 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 8198 * measurements can be done with in a single request 8199 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 8200 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 8201 * measurement results 8202 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 8203 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 8204 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 8205 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 8206 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 8207 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 8208 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 8209 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 8210 * sub-attributes taken from 8211 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 8212 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the 8213 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the 8214 * ISTA (Initiator STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit 8215 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and 8216 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device 8217 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation. 8218 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the 8219 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the 8220 * RSTA (Responder STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit 8221 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and 8222 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device 8223 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation. 8224 * 8225 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 8226 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8227 */ 8228 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 8229 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 8230 8231 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 8232 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 8233 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 8234 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 8235 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 8236 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE, 8237 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE, 8238 8239 /* keep last */ 8240 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 8241 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 8242 }; 8243 8244 /** 8245 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 8246 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8247 * 8248 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 8249 * is supported 8250 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 8251 * mode is supported 8252 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 8253 * data can be requested during the measurement 8254 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 8255 * location data can be requested during the measurement 8256 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 8257 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 8258 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 8259 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 8260 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 8261 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 8262 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 8263 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 8264 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 8265 * is valid) 8266 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 8267 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 8268 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 8269 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 8270 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 8271 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported 8272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if 8273 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported 8274 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8275 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the 8276 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8277 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating 8278 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the 8279 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions) 8280 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8281 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX 8282 * (zero-based) 8283 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating 8284 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX 8285 * (zero-based) 8286 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the 8287 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number 8288 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8289 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8290 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the 8291 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number 8292 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams). 8293 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS. 8294 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the 8295 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request 8296 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing ISTA 8297 * (initiator) role capabilities. Uses the same sub-attributes as 8298 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS. 8299 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing RSTA 8300 * (responder) role capabilities. 8301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB: flag attribute (used inside 8302 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8303 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating NTB ranging support. 8304 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB: flag attribute (used inside 8305 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8306 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating TB ranging support. 8307 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA: flag attribute (used inside 8308 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or 8309 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating EDCA based ranging 8310 * support. 8311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS: nested attribute containing ranging 8312 * type capabilities. Uses sub-attributes from 8313 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa. 8314 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute 8315 * indicating that the device can simultaneously act as initiator and 8316 * responder in a multi-peer measurement request. Only valid if 8317 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT is set. 8318 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating 8319 * the maximum number of transmit antennas supported for EDCA based ranging 8320 * (0 means unknown) 8321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating 8322 * the maximum number of receive antennas supported for EDCA based ranging 8323 * (0 means unknown) 8324 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA: u32 attribute indicating 8325 * the minimum EDCA ranging interval supported by the device 8326 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value 8327 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the 8328 * EDCA based ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to 8329 * validate the burst period in the FTM request. 8330 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB: u32 attribute indicating 8331 * the minimum NTB ranging interval supported by the device 8332 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value 8333 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the 8334 * NTB ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to validate 8335 * the nominal time in the FTM request. 8336 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap of values from 8337 * &enum nl80211_preamble indicating the supported preambles for PD 8338 * ranging requests. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT 8339 * is set. 8340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS: u32 bitmap of values from 8341 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel bandwidths 8342 * for PD ranging requests. Only valid if 8343 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT is set. 8344 * 8345 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 8346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8347 */ 8348 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 8349 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 8350 8351 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 8352 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 8353 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 8354 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 8355 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 8356 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 8357 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 8358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT, 8362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP, 8363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP, 8364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS, 8365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS, 8366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX, 8367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX, 8368 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT, 8369 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS, 8370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS, 8371 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB, 8372 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB, 8373 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA, 8374 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS, 8375 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT, 8376 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS, 8377 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS, 8378 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA, 8379 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB, 8380 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES, 8381 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS, 8382 8383 /* keep last */ 8384 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 8385 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 8386 }; 8387 8388 /** 8389 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa - FTM ranging type capability 8390 * sub-attributes, used inside %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS 8391 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8392 * 8393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating 8394 * that the device supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or 8395 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection 8396 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating that 8397 * the device supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the 8398 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where 8399 * PD stands for proximity detection 8400 * 8401 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR: internal 8402 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8403 */ 8404 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa { 8405 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 8406 8407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT, 8408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT, 8409 8410 /* keep last */ 8411 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR, 8412 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR - 1 8413 }; 8414 8415 /** 8416 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 8417 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8418 * 8419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 8420 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 8421 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 8422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 8423 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 8424 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for 8425 * non-EDCA ranging) 8426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 8427 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 8428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 8429 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 8430 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the 8431 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the 8432 * device decide). 8433 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: (Optional) number of successful 8434 * FTM frames requested per burst 8435 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 8436 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware can 8437 * choose a suitable value. 8438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 8439 * (u8, default 3) 8440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 8441 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 8442 * (flag) 8443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 8444 * measurement (flag). 8445 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 8446 * mutually exclusive. 8447 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8448 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8449 * ranging will be used. 8450 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based 8451 * ranging measurement (flag) 8452 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 8453 * mutually exclusive. 8454 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 8455 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 8456 * ranging will be used. 8457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 8458 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 8459 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 8461 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 8462 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8463 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement 8464 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the 8465 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the 8466 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by 8467 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired. 8468 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the 8469 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM 8470 * response). 8471 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: minimum time 8472 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 100 microseconds, 8473 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Should be set as short as possible 8474 * to minimize turnaround time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR 8475 * requires two measurements. Only valid if 8476 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8477 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: maximum time 8478 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 10 milliseconds, 8479 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Acts as a session timeout; if 8480 * exceeded, the ranging session should be terminated. Only valid if 8481 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8482 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: The nominal time field shall be 8483 * set to the nominal duration between adjacent Availability Windows in 8484 * units of milli seconds (u32). Mandatory if 8485 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8486 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION: (Optional) The AW duration field 8487 * shall be set to the duration of the AW in units of 1ms (0-255 ms) (u32). 8488 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8489 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware 8490 * can choose a suitable value. 8491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS: (Optional) number of 8492 * Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule for non-trigger-based ranging. 8493 * Each AW may contain multiple FTM exchanges as configured by 8494 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST. Only valid if 8495 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 8496 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware 8497 * can choose a suitable value. 8498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only. 8499 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm. 8500 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be 8501 * indicated if the device moves into this range. 8502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm. 8503 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be 8504 * indicated if the device moves out of this range. 8505 * If neither or only one of @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS and 8506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS is specified, only the specified 8507 * threshold is used. If both are specified, both thresholds are applied. 8508 * If neither is specified, results are reported without threshold 8509 * filtering. 8510 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS: Flag to suppress ranging 8511 * results for PD requests. When set, ranging measurements are performed 8512 * but results are not reported to userspace, regardless of ranging role 8513 * or type. Only valid when %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE is set to 8514 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD. 8515 * 8516 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 8517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8518 */ 8519 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 8520 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 8521 8522 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 8523 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 8524 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8525 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8526 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8527 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8528 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 8529 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 8530 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 8531 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 8532 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 8533 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 8534 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 8535 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA, 8536 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME, 8539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION, 8540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS, 8541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD, 8542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS, 8543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS, 8544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS, 8545 8546 /* keep last */ 8547 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 8548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 8549 }; 8550 8551 /** 8552 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 8553 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 8554 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 8555 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 8556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 8557 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 8558 * try and get no response) 8559 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 8560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 8561 * received 8562 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 8563 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 8564 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 8565 * by the peer and are no longer supported 8566 */ 8567 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 8568 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 8569 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 8570 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 8571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 8572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 8573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 8574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 8575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 8576 }; 8577 8578 /** 8579 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 8580 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 8581 * 8582 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 8583 * (u32, optional) 8584 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 8585 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 8586 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 8587 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 8588 * transmitted (u32, optional) 8589 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 8590 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional) 8591 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 8592 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 8593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 8594 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 8596 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 8597 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 8598 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 8599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 8600 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 8602 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 8603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 8604 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 8605 * attributes) 8606 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 8607 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 8608 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 8609 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8610 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 8611 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8612 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 8613 * optional) 8614 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 8615 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 8616 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 8617 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 8618 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 8619 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 8620 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8621 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8622 * Type 8. 8623 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 8624 * (binary, optional); 8625 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 8626 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 8627 * Type 11. 8628 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 8629 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by 8630 * the responder (similar to request, u16) 8631 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of 8632 * number of tx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional) 8633 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of 8634 * number of rx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional) 8635 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated value 8636 * where latest time by which the ISTA needs to complete the next round of 8637 * measurements, in units of 10 ms (u32, optional) 8638 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated 8639 * minimum time between two consecutive range measurements initiated by an 8640 * ISTA, in units of 100 us (u32, optional) 8641 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Tx space-time 8642 * streams used in NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase 8643 * (u32, optional). 8644 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Rx space-time 8645 * streams used in the NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase 8646 * (u32, optional) 8647 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: negotiated nominal time used in 8648 * this session in milliseconds. (u32, optional) 8649 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW: negotiated availability 8650 * window time used in this session, in units of milli seconds. 8651 * (u32, optional) 8652 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute indicating channel 8653 * width used for measurement, see &enum nl80211_chan_width (optional). 8654 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE: u32 attribute indicating the preamble 8655 * type used for the measurement, see &enum nl80211_preamble (optional). 8656 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR: flag, indicates if the 8657 * current result is delayed LMR data. 8658 * 8659 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 8660 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 8661 */ 8662 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 8663 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8664 8665 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 8666 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 8667 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 8668 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 8669 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 8670 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 8671 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 8672 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 8673 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 8674 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 8675 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 8676 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 8677 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 8678 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 8679 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 8680 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 8681 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 8682 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 8683 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 8684 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 8685 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 8686 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 8687 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT, 8688 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT, 8689 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8690 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS, 8691 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS, 8692 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS, 8693 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME, 8694 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW, 8695 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 8696 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 8697 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR, 8698 8699 /* keep last */ 8700 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 8701 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 8702 }; 8703 8704 /** 8705 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 8706 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8707 * 8708 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 8709 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 8710 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 8711 * tx power offset. 8712 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 8713 * values used by members of the SRG. 8714 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 8715 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 8716 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 8717 * 8718 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8719 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 8720 */ 8721 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 8722 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 8723 8724 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 8725 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 8726 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 8727 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 8728 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 8729 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 8730 8731 /* keep last */ 8732 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 8733 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8734 }; 8735 8736 /** 8737 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 8738 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8739 * 8740 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 8741 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 8742 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 8743 * 8744 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8745 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 8746 */ 8747 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 8748 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 8749 8750 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 8751 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 8752 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 8753 8754 /* keep last */ 8755 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 8756 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8757 }; 8758 8759 /** 8760 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 8761 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8762 * 8763 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 8764 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 8765 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 8766 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 8767 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 8768 * 8769 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8770 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 8771 */ 8772 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 8773 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 8774 8775 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 8776 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 8777 8778 /* keep last */ 8779 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 8780 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8781 }; 8782 8783 /** 8784 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 8785 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 8786 * 8787 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8788 * 8789 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 8790 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 8791 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8792 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled. 8793 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 8794 * frame including the headers. 8795 * 8796 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8797 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8798 */ 8799 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 8800 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 8801 8802 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 8803 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 8804 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 8805 8806 /* keep last */ 8807 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 8808 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 8809 }; 8810 8811 /* 8812 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 8813 * mandatory fields. 8814 */ 8815 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 8816 8817 /** 8818 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 8819 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 8820 * 8821 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8822 * 8823 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 8824 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 8825 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is 8826 * disabled. 8827 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 8828 * frame template (binary). 8829 * 8830 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8831 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 8832 */ 8833 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 8834 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 8835 8836 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 8837 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 8838 8839 /* keep last */ 8840 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 8841 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 8842 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 8843 }; 8844 8845 /** 8846 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 8847 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 8848 * used. 8849 * 8850 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 8851 * attribute is not present from userspace. 8852 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 8853 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 8854 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 8855 * can be used. 8856 */ 8857 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 8858 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 8859 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 8860 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 8861 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 8862 }; 8863 8864 /** 8865 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 8866 * 8867 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 8868 * 8869 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal 8870 */ 8871 enum nl80211_sar_type { 8872 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 8873 8874 /* add new type here */ 8875 8876 /* Keep last */ 8877 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 8878 }; 8879 8880 /** 8881 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 8882 * 8883 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8884 * 8885 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 8886 * 8887 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 8888 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 8889 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 8890 * 8891 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 8892 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 8893 * 8894 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 8895 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 8896 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 8897 * 8898 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 8899 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 8900 * 8901 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 8902 */ 8903 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 8904 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 8905 8906 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 8907 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 8908 8909 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 8910 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 8911 }; 8912 8913 /** 8914 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 8915 * 8916 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid 8917 * 8918 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 8919 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 8920 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 8921 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 8922 * 8923 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 8924 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 8925 * is applied to this range. 8926 * 8927 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 8928 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 8929 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 8930 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 8931 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 8932 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 8933 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 8934 * 8935 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 8936 * 8937 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 8938 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8939 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8940 * 8941 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 8942 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 8943 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 8944 * 8945 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 8946 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 8947 */ 8948 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 8949 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 8950 8951 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 8952 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 8953 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 8954 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 8955 8956 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 8957 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 8958 }; 8959 8960 /** 8961 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 8962 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 8963 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 8964 * MBSSID and EMA. 8965 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 8966 * features. 8967 * 8968 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 8969 * 8970 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 8971 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 8972 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 8973 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 8974 * 8975 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 8976 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 8977 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 8978 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 8979 * a non-zero value. 8980 * 8981 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 8982 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 8983 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 8984 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 8985 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 8986 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 8987 * 8988 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 8989 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 8990 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 8991 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 8992 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 8993 * the interface index of the same. 8994 * 8995 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 8996 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 8997 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 8998 * 8999 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile. 9000 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes 9001 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile 9002 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary. 9003 * 9004 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9005 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 9006 */ 9007 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 9008 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 9009 9010 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 9011 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 9012 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 9013 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 9014 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 9015 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID, 9016 9017 /* keep last */ 9018 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 9019 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9020 }; 9021 9022 /** 9023 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 9024 * 9025 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 9026 * authentication. 9027 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 9028 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 9029 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 9030 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 9031 * userspace. 9032 */ 9033 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 9034 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 9035 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 9036 }; 9037 9038 /** 9039 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes 9040 * 9041 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9042 * 9043 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32) 9044 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this 9045 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times. 9046 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface 9047 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times 9048 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 9049 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas 9050 * connected to this radio. 9051 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio. 9052 * 9053 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9054 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 9055 */ 9056 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs { 9057 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID, 9058 9059 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX, 9060 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE, 9061 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION, 9062 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK, 9063 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD, 9064 9065 /* keep last */ 9066 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST, 9067 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9068 }; 9069 9070 /** 9071 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range 9072 * 9073 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9074 * 9075 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32). 9076 * The unit is kHz. 9077 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32). 9078 * The unit is kHz. 9079 * 9080 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9081 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 9082 */ 9083 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range { 9084 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID, 9085 9086 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START, 9087 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END, 9088 9089 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST, 9090 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9091 }; 9092 9093 /** 9094 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data 9095 * 9096 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9097 * 9098 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary). 9099 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary). 9100 * 9101 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9102 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute 9103 */ 9104 enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs { 9105 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID, 9106 9107 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD, 9108 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL, 9109 9110 /* keep last */ 9111 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST, 9112 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX = 9113 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1 9114 }; 9115 9116 /** 9117 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking) 9118 * capabilities. 9119 * 9120 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid. 9121 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that 9122 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device 9123 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG 9124 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command. 9125 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that 9126 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes 9127 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 9128 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands 9129 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support 9130 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using 9131 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and 9132 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows. 9133 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs) 9134 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation 9135 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation 9136 * Mode field format). 9137 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of 9138 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates 9139 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX 9140 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available. 9141 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of 9142 * Antennas field). 9143 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the 9144 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch 9145 * channels. 9146 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the 9147 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 9148 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 9149 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY: nested attribute containing band-agnostic 9150 * capabilities for NAN data path. See &enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr. 9151 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_INSTANT_COMM: Flag attribute indicating that the device 9152 * can switch to Instant Communication (IC) mode, as defined in Chapter 13 9153 * of the Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. Can only be set if 9154 * %NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC is set. When IC is enabled, the IC 9155 * schedule is expected to be configured by user space. 9156 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal 9157 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute. 9158 */ 9159 enum nl80211_nan_capabilities { 9160 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID, 9161 9162 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC, 9163 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE, 9164 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE, 9165 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS, 9166 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME, 9167 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES, 9168 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY, 9169 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_INSTANT_COMM, 9170 /* keep last */ 9171 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST, 9172 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1, 9173 }; 9174 9175 /** 9176 * enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs - NAN peer schedule map attributes 9177 * 9178 * Nested attributes used within %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS to define 9179 * individual peer schedule maps. 9180 * 9181 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 9182 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID: (u8) The map ID for this schedule map. 9183 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS: An array of u8 values with 32 cells. 9184 * Each value maps a time slot to a channel index within the schedule's 9185 * channel list (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes). 9186 * %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled. 9187 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 9188 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX: Highest peer map attribute 9189 */ 9190 enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs { 9191 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID, 9192 9193 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID, 9194 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS, 9195 9196 /* keep last */ 9197 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST, 9198 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 9199 }; 9200 9201 #define NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT 0xff 9202 9203 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 9204